USER, GUIDE, -, USER, MANUAL, -, OWNER, GUIDE, -, OWNER, MANUAL, -, INSTRUCTION, GUIDE, -, INSTRUCTION, MANUAL

MANUAL-HUB.COM

VOLKSWAGEN JETTA 2005 (01) PDF MANUAL

Google Docs
Google Drive
Download [pdf]

File Info : application/pdf, 217 Pages, 3.89MB

VOLKSWAGEN JETTA 2005 (01)

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Service WGoolfrkVsahrioapntM20a0n7ual ssauthorisedbyVolkswagenAG.VolkswagenAGdoesnot guaranteeorac
Golf Variant 2010 Jetta 2005 Jetta 2011
Communication
Edition 04.2010
Service Department. Technical Information

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group 91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a matter of course, be observed.

D3E801B0E3A

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Contents ssauthorisedby Volkswagen AG. VolkswagenCAoGmdomesunnoticgauatriaonntee-oEracdition 04.2010
91 - Radio, telephone, navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Communication systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1.1 Fault finding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

...................................................................... 2

2.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2.2 Overview of radio "Lowentry" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2.3 Removing and installing radio "Lowentry" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2.4 "Lowentry" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2.5 Anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2.6 Adapting radio R components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

3.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

3.2 Overview of radio "Premium 7" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

3.3 Removing and installing radio "Premium 7" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

3.4 "Premium 7" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

3.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

3.6 Adapting radio R components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

4.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

4.2 Overview of radio "Premium 8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

4.3 Removing and installing radio "Premium 8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

4.4 "Premium 8" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

4.5 Activating and deactivating transport protection device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

4.6 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

4.7 Adapting radio R components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

5.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

5.2 Overview of radio system "RCD 210" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

5.3 Removing and installing radio "RCD 210" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

5.4 "RCD 210" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

5.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

5.6 Adapting radio R components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

6.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

6.2 Overview of radio system "RCD 300" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

6.3 Removing and installing radio "RCD 300" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

6.4 "RCD 300" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

6.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

6.6 Adapting radio R components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

7.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

7.2 Overview of radio system "RCD 310" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

7.3 Removing and installing radio "RCD 310" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

7.4 "RCD 310" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

7.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

7.6 Adapting radio components "RCD 310" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

8.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

8.2 Overview of radio system "RCD 500" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

8.3 Removing and installing radio "RCD 500" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

8.4 "RCD 500" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

8.5 Activating and deactivating transport protection device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

i Contents

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

8.6 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 8.7 Adapting radio components "RCD 500" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

9.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

9.2 Overview of radio system "RCD 510" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

9.3 Removing and installing radio "RCD 510" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

9.4 "RCD 510" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

9.5 Activating and deactivating transport protection device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

9.6 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

9.7 Adapting radio components "RCD 510" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

10 CD changer R41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 10.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 10.2 CD changer R41 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 10.3 Removing and installing CD changer R41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

11 iPod holder R192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5

ssGFORRauaeetevhuemmonrlrietsooverfivvdaieniiblnnwdynggVinoooaagltfkennsiPswdd.aoiig.nnd.e.ssn.htt.A.aao.G.lllll.dii..nnV.e.ggor..lk.Rai.Ps.dw.1oa..a9dpg..2et.h.en.o.rAl...Gdfo...edr...ro.i.e.PRs...on1...od9..t.2g.h..u.o.a.r.l..ad.n...et.e...re....oR.r...a1..c..9....2..............................................................................................

. . . . .

82 82 83 83 84

11.6 iPod holder R192 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

11.7 Fault finding procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

12 USB connection retainer R193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 12.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 12.2 Removing and installing USB connection retainer R193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 12.3 USB connection retainer R193 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 12.4 Fault finding procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

13 Connection for external audio sources R199 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 13.1 Connector for connection for external audio sources R199 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 13.2 Removing and installing connection for external audio sources R199 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

14 Multimedia control unit J650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 14.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 14.2 Overview of multimedia control unit J650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 14.3 Removing and installing multimedia system control unit J650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 14.4 Coding multimedia control unit J650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 14.5 Multimedia control unit J650 final control diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

15 Amplifier R12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 15.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 15.2 Removing and installing amplifier R12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 15.3 Amplifier R12 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 15.4 Reading amplifier R12 measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

16 Loudspeaker systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 16.1 Overview of loudspeaker systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 16.2 Removing and installing front bass loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 16.3 Removing and installing rear bass loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 16.4 Removing and installing front mid-range loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 16.5 Removing and installing front treble loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 16.6 Removing and installing rear treble loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 16.7 Removing and installing frequency switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

17 Satellite radio R146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 17.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 17.2 Removing and installing satellite radio R146 (saloon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 17.3 Removing and installing satellite radio R146 (Variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 17.4 Satellite radio R146 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

ii Contents

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011

ss au11th78o.ri5sed

by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not
Activating satellite radio R146
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.g. u..a.r.a..nt.e. e..o.r.a..c

. .

Communication
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

- Edition
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

04.2010
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. .

119 121

18.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

18.2 Overview of radio navigation system "RNS 300" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

18.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation J503 . . . . . . . . 123

18.4 "RNS 300" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

18.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

18.6 Adapting radio components "RNS 300" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

19.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

19.2 Overview of radio navigation system "RNS 310" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

19.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation J503 . . . . . . . . 132

19.4 "RNS 310" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

19.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

19.6 Adapting radio components "RNS 310" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

20.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

20.2 Overview of radio navigation system "RNS 315" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

20.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation J503 . . . . . . . . 142

20.4 "RNS 315" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

20.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

20.6 Adapting radio components "RNS 315" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

21.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

21.2 Overview of radio-navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

21.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation J503 . . . . . . . . 152

21.4 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

21.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

21.6 Adapting components "RNS MFD 2 DVD" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

22.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

22.2 Overview of radio navigation system "RNS 510" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

22.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation J503 . . . . . . . . 163

22.4 "RNS 510" connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

22.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

22.6 Adapting radio components "RNS 510" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

23 Aerial systems (saloon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 23.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 23.2 Overview of aerial system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 23.3 Removing and installing aerial modules on rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 23.4 Removing and installing satellite tuner aerial R172 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 23.5 Removing and installing frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 23.6 Renewing aerial wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

24 Aerial systems (Variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 24.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 24.2 Overview of aerial system up to MY2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 24.3 Overview of aerial system as of MY2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 24.4 Removing and installing aerial amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 24.5 Removing and installing roof aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 24.6 Renewal of aerial wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

25 Aerial systems (saloon) model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 25.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 25.2 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 25.3 Removing and installing aerial amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

iii Contents

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

25.4 Removing and installing roof aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 25.5 Renewal of aerial wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

26 Telephone systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

26.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

26.2 Overview of telephone system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

26.3 Overview of "UHV Low"/"UHV Premium Light" telephone system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

26.4 26.5 26.6 26.7 26.8 26.9

MTTRReeeeollmmbeeippoolehhvvooiitnnennggleeeaaptfrinnhtatddoinnniisgnnemssloottitaapctellaelliirnntriaaoggtnnittndsseesgllaeeruee.tpphclo.hheeri.oocsiev.nntdre.eeobr.ynbbVu.icrron.aaslki.cctsc.kkwRoee.a3ngtt.e6tRR.rno.(11AUl.22GuH.66.nV.Vuaio.t)lpsk.Jcs4.otwoo1.fan20.g0ne6.6ecn/./oc22A.tn0G0o.n00rd.es6o6.ces.to.n...or....st .g...u....a..r...a..n...t..e...e.....o..r...a..c.............................

. . . . .

191 191 193 194 194

Removing and installing mobile telephone operating electronics control unit J412 up to

06/2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

26.10 Removing and installing mobile telephone operating electronics control unit J412 as of 06/2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

26.11 Removing and installing telephone microphone R38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

26.12 Removing and installing operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone E508 . . . . . . 197

26.13 Adapting telephone transmitter and receiver unit R36 components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

27 Multifunction steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 27.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 27.2 Removing and installing steering wheel operating unit up to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . 199 27.3 Removing and installing steering wheel operating unit up to model year 2010 . . . . . . . . . . 200 27.4 Removing and installing multifunction steering wheel control unit J453 up to MY2009 . . . . 201 27.5 Adapting multifunction steering wheel components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

28 Compass system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 28.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 28.2 Removing and installing magnetic field sender for compass G197 (saloon) . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 28.3 Removing and installing magnetic field sender for compass G197 (Variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 28.4 Removing and installing magnetic field sender for compass G197 (Jetta 2011) . . . . . . . . 205

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

29 Suppression measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 29.1 Implementation of suppression measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

30 Notes on operating mobile telephones and two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 30.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 30.2 Notes on performing repair work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 30.3 Overview of battery A /radio transmitter unit/fuse/wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 30.4 Transmitting power and aerial fitting locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

iv Contents

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

91 Radio, telephone, navigation

Communication systems

The communication systems include the radio systems, the nav- igation system, the aerial system, the loudspeaker systems, the digital sound package, the telephone system, the CD changer, the compass system and the multifunction steering wheel.

Some equipment is optional so not all systems are installed in every vehicle.

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to un- derstand the functions and the operation of the communication systems Instruction manual .

In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system VAS 5051 use "Guided fault find- ing" mode.

1.1

Fault finding

The communication systems are self-diagnosing.

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

1 1. Communication systems

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio "Lowentry"

Radio Lowentry

2.1

General description

The "Lowentry" radio system consists of the radio -R- and the lTxTaonhhu2deed0sarlWoapsude.adiaosk2p-e-Rewrsa-akhiyneasrstsyhaseatrefdeinmoadoliernsos.utightnepeurdtesaatras. gaess3awu-twihtoharisyaednsbyyosVutoetlpkmsuwtianpgeothnweAeGfrr.oVonofltk4swagen AG does not guaranteeorac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

The following is installed in the "Lowentry" radio system: A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble
loudspeaker in each of the front doors.

A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the rear doors.
The CD drive integrated in the radio -R- can play the following formats:

Audio CD CD-R

CD-RW MP3

The following formats cannot be played: CD with diameter of 8 cm

"Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files) The aerial is a window aerial and is located in the rear window (saloon). In the Variant, the aerial is located in the roof aerial.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

2.1.1 Fault finding

The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis. For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

2 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

2.2

Overview of radio "Lowentry"

1 - Radio -R Connectors page 7 Removing and installing page 4

2 - Aerial -R11 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 Aerial systems (Variant) page 179

3 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loud- speaker -R16-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106

4 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loud- speaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
5 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loud- speaker -R23-
Installed in the front left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

6 - Front left mid-range loud- speaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-
Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106

7 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22 Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors Loudspeaker systems page 106

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

2. 3

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011

2.3

Communication -
Rtryes"ms auothovrisiendgby

VEodlkistwioange0n4A.G2.0V1o0lkswagen AG
and installing radio

d"oLesonwot geuanra-ntee

Note
The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on the radio -R- housing.
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the anti-theft coding system page 9 . The new code number should be given to the customer.
If the anti-theft code is not known it can be requested via the established systems. For this, you need the identification num- ber of the radio -R- . It is located on a sticker on the side of the radio -R- . The identification number is also embossed in the material of the side panel of the radio -R- .

Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Removing Remove CD from radio -R- Owner's manual . Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the dash
panel until the underneath bolts of the centre console cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Gr. 68 . Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

4 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- . Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of -arrows-.
Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon- nect connector.
2. 5

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

ReleaGCseoomlcfomVnaunrneiaiccsntsaoatutr2itoh-0onar0isr-7erodEbwyd-Vi,tooioGlknnsowal0afeg4Vre.in2aaA0lriGc1ao.0nVnton2lke0scw1t0aiognenaA,nGJddeotdetaissnc2oo0t ng0u-5arantee,

Jetta
or ac

2011

nect it.

Installing

Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them.

Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.

Note Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged.

Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Install centre console cover. Deactivate anti-theft coding page 9 . Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-
page 10 .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

6 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

2.4

"Lowentry" connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 7
2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment page 8
3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 8
4 - Multi-pin connector 4 Not assigned
5 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white AM/FM Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 Aerial systems (Variant) page 179

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

2.4.1

Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak- er outputs

1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+)

2 - Front right loudspeaker (+)

3 - Front left loudspeaker (+)

4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+)

5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-)

6 - Front right loudspeaker (-)

7 - Front left loudspeaker (-)

8 - Rear left loudspeaker (-)

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

2. 7

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

2.4.2

Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone

9 - CAN bus (high)

10 - CAN bus (low)

11 - Telephone mute

12 - Terminal 31

13 - Radio -R- on

14 - ATA terminal 30

15 - Terminal 30

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

2.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone

1-5 - Not assigned

6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)

7-11 - Not assigned

Telephone

input

signal (+)
ss authorised by

Volkswagen AG.

Volkswagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

2.5

Anti-theft coding

The "Lowentry" radio -R- is equipped with an anti-theft coding system which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.

If the voltage supply for the radio -R- is disconnected and then reconnected, the radio will be still operational without the need to enter the anti-theft code again. A prerequisite is that the initial activation of the anti-theft coding takes place and that the radio R- is reconnected in the same vehicle.

2.5.1 Functional notes

After initial activation of the anti-theft coding, an internal radio code is stored in the radio -R- and in the dash panel insert. If the radio -R- is now disconnected from the voltage supply due to re- pairs (e.g. radio -R- or battery -A- ) removed and the voltage supply is then reconnected, data is transferred between the radio -R- and the dash panel insert.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

When this is done, the internal code of the radio -R- is compared with the code in the dash panel insert. If the codes are identical with each other, the dash panel insert will recognise that the con- nected radio -R- belongs to the vehicle. The radio -R- is therefore immediately operational without the need to enter the anti-theft code again.

If the radio -R- is replaced, the radio code must be entered again.

Deactivating anti-theft coding page 9

Then after switching on the "S contact" via the ignition lock the code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert and the radio -R- .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

8 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. It must be ensured that a diagnostic unit has not been connected or is not connected during this period of time. After this time, the radio -R- of the vehicle will be ready for oper- ation without the need to enter the radio code again even if the voltage supply has been cut off and then reconnected. The anti-theft coding becomes effective and blocks the radio -Rwhen: The radio -R- is installed in another vehicle or AsshwroiaTtwcdhhnieoinwd-gRhate-shnhwsesah"pruSiaatchAdnohrFieioshelEda-i"nRbsysa-Vbenooerdltnkesi."nsw1a0clgo0hec0ank"nAeGgidse. Vbsdohy.lkotshwwenagaiennntAtih-Gtehdeodefitss npcoolatdgyuinawrgahniteseenorac Deactivate the anti-theft coding to release the unit lock page 9 .
2.5.2 Deactivating anti-theft coding
A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for the anti-theft coding system is entered.
Note The anti-theft radio code is stuck on the radio card together
with the unit number Instruction manual . The radio card should not be kept in the vehicle for security
reasons. Ask the customer for the radio code. If a radio -R- is renewed, the numerical code of the replace-
ment radio must be used. The customer must be informed that the radio code has
changed.
Obtain the code of the radio -R- . Switch on the radio -R- . The radio -R- automatically displays "SAFE" and then "1000". Enter the radio code using station buttons 1 to 4. Use station
button 1 to enter the first digit of the radio code and station 2 for the second digit etc. Then press the function button arrow and hold it down until the electronic anti-theft coding system is activated. This is in- dicated by a brief signal sound. If the radio code has been entered correctly into the radio -R- , a radio frequency appears in the display.
Note If an incorrect anti-theft code is entered, it can be immediately corrected with a further attempt. If an incorrect radio code is en- tered twice, the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour. During the locking period, the radio -R- must remain switched on and the ignition key must remain in the ignition lock. The process can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.
2. 9

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

2.6

Adapting radio -R- components

Special tools and workshop equipment required

Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-

Procedure In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select "Guided fault finding". Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio system Radio system functions
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

10 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio "Premium 7"

Radio Premium 7

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to

ucTcInaonhtdtdeihoieneanrgnsesttvaiy-entsshpnstdeeaatumtfgoththefocserrio.1sefedu9pdinabn.yciIgrnVtiwosuoltksnorseusrwkscaatgoainoerdnfnfiAxatmGehude.latVncfooiuonlpkaddsewleirnaa.,ggtdieoennaAVcGoetfidvhotahiecsteliennocgdtogiamaunagmrtanin-uottehnseeiio-srfa,tc

testing and information system VAS 5051.

When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron- ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

3.1

General description

The radio system "Premium 7" comprises a radio -R- , an inte- grated 6-disc CD changer and loudspeakers in the doors.

The radio -R- has a final output stage with an output power of 4 x 20 W. The loudspeakers are designed as a 3-way system in the front and as a 2-way system in the rear.

The following is installed in the "Premium 7" radio system:

A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the front doors.

A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the rear doors.

To extend the functions, connection options are available for am- plifier -R12- , telephone and satellite radio -R146- .

Protected by copyright. Copyi

The 6-disc CD changer integrated in the radio -R- can play the following formats: Audio CD CD-R CD-RW MP3 The following formats cannot be played: CD with diameter of 8 cm "Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files) The aerial is a window aerial and is located in the rear window (saloon). In the Variant, the aerials are located in the rear right side window and in the roof aerial. The aerial system includes a "diversity function" integrated in the radio -R- .
3.1.1 Fault finding
The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis. For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

3. 11

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

3.2

Overview of radio "Premium 7"

1 - Radio -R Connectors page 16 Removing and installing page 13

2 - Amplifier -R12 Optional Under left front seat Amplifier -R12 page 100 .

3 - Satellite tuner aerial -R172 Optional On roof rear side Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 Aerial systems (Variant) page 179

4 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2 -R93-
Aerial systems (saloon) page 171
Aerial systems (Variant) page 179

5 - Satellite radio -R146-

Optional

Under rear shelf in lug-

USgl(oVaanoagtdnereei)la.lricnteroti)gm.rhapstdsaafiuorrtothmo-nRritese1snd4etb6a(ys-Vtaol-kswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac

page 117 .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

6 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16 Installed in the rear left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106

7 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17 Installed in the rear left and right door trims. Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

8 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

9 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

10 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22 Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

12 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

3.3

Removing and installing radio "Premium

Note
The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on the radio -R- housing.
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic anti-theft coding system page 19 . Please inform the cus-
tItorofaafmtbdhtlhiieoeserh-rrRoaeafdd-dti.oshioyTecs-honRteede-smeiwsd.asuieIsrtt.hnaoFinstdriioosfileiorotcdtackbchyantoiisVotodeo,nweldyk.nsonow,uuanimtngaecebnaeesAndtrGictib.shkVeeeoarrllikesdsooqewnunaegtetmhiesfeintcbeAaosdGtisdidosveoneieadosntnfuhiontmethgtebuheaeesrar-nteeorac material of the side panel of the radio -R- .
Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Removing Remove CD from radio -R- Owner's manual . Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con- sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Gr. 68 . Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

3. 13

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- . Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of -arrows-.
Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon- nect connector.
14 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Release connectors -arrows- from aerial connections and dis- connect them.
Installing Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them. Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.
Note Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged. Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Install centre console cover. Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 19 . Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-
page 19 .
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
3. 15

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

3.4

"Premium 7" connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 16
2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment page 17
3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 17
4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12pin, satellite radio -R146-
Pin assignment page 17
5 - Aerial connection Connector colour beige Pin assignment page 18
6 - Aerial connection Connector colour trans- parent Pin assignment page 18

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

3.4.1

Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak- er outputs

In combination with amplifier -R12- , audio signals from radio -Rare used as input signals for amplifier -R12- .

1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+)

2 - Front right loudspeaker (+)

3 - Front left loudspeaker (+)

4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+)

5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-)

6 - Front right loudspeaker (-)

7 - Front left loudspeaker (-)

8 - Rear left loudspeaker (-)

16 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

3.4.2

Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone

9 - CAN bus (high)

10 - CAN bus (low)

11 - Telephone mute

12 - Terminal 31

13 - Radio -R- on

14 15 16

ATAeTTrAAmst(sienSauraAtmhloF3riinEs0ea)dlbt3ey V0rmolkisnwaalg3e0n AG. Volkswagen

AG does not

guarantee or ac

3.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone

15 - Not assigned

6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)

711 - Not assigned

12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

3.4.4

Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, satellite radio -R146-

1 - Audio left from satellite radio -R146-

2 - Not assigned

3 - Audio earth from satellite radio -R146-

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

4 - Not assigned

5 - Terminal 30 to satellite radio -R146-

6 - Not assigned

7 - Audio right from satellite radio -R146-

8 - 12 - Not assigned

3. 17

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
3.4.5 Aerial connections
1 - Connector colour white, saloon aerial systems page 171 - Connector colour white, Variant aerial systems page 179 2 - Connector colour beige, saloon aerial systems page 171 - Connector colour beige, Variant aerial systems page 179

Note The radio -R- has an aerial diversity function for terrestrial radio reception. Both aerial connections are signal inputs. The radio R- analyses continuously which of the two connected aerials transmits the better reception signal. The aerial with the better reception signal is then selected. This switching process is not audible.

3.5

Electronic anti-theft coding

The "Premium 7" radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding system which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.

If the voltage supply for the radio -R- is cut off and then recon- nected, the radio will still be operational without the need to enter the radio code again. A prerequisite is that the electronic anti-theft coding system has already been activated for the first time and that the radio -R- is reconnected in the same vehicle.

3.5.1 Functional notes

After code radio pairs

ii(-nseRi.ts-giati.oslrraaencddotiwioivna-dttRhiiso-ecnoorroanfbdntaiehotcet-etReardy-nat-fiAr-not-dhm)einfrttehtcmehoeovdvodinelatgdas,ghaasesnpnadsuatiuhnntophteriespelerlidnynvbaosydlelVutraroeatlgk.dsteIoiwfoatrhgeee-n

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

supply is then reconnected, data is transferred between the radio

-R- and the dash panel insert.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

If the radio -R- is replaced, the radio code must be entered.

Deactivating anti-theft coding page 19

Then after switching on the "S contact" via the ignition lock the code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert and the radio -R- .

The comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. During this period no diagnostic unit may be connected.

After this time, the radio -R- of the vehicle will be ready for oper- ation without the need to enter the radio code again even if the voltage supply has been cut off and then reconnected.

The anti-theft coding becomes effective and blocks the radio -Rwhen:

The radio -R- is installed in another vehicle or

The dash panel insert is changed.

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

18 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
A radio -R- which has been locked by the anti-theft coding is ssDhwepoiatawccsgshntaieivunwtah1goht9reiteshe.ntdehb"eyrSaVaAdonlFikotsiEw--t"aRhgae-enfnotdAncG."o1.dV0ion0lkg0s"wtoiasgresenhleAoaGwsdneoeitnshnetohtuegnuadirtiaslnoptecelakoryacwhen
3.5.2 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for the anti-theft coding system is entered.

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Note
The anti-theft radio code is stuck on the radio card together with the unit number Instruction manual .
The radio card should not be kept in the vehicle for security reasons. Ask the customer for the radio code.
If a radio -R- is renewed, the radio code of the replacement device must be used.
The customer must be informed that the radio code has changed.
Obtain the code of the radio -R- . Switch on the radio -R- . The radio -R- automatically displays "SAFE" and then "1000". Enter the radio code stuck on the radio card using station but-
tons 1 to 4. Use station button 1 to enter the first digit of the radio code and station 2 for the second digit etc. Then press the station button, which is located under "OK" on the display (normally it is the last station button) and hold the button down until the electronic anti-theft coding system is ac- tivated. This is indicated by a brief signal sound. If the radio code has been entered correctly into the radio -R- , a radio frequency appears in the display.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Note If the incorrect radio code is entered, it can be immediately cor- rected with a further attempt. If an incorrect radio code is entered twice, the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour. During the locking period, the radio -R- must remain switched on and the ignition key must remain in the ignition lock. The process of deactivating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not for- get that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio -Rwill be blocked for one hour.

3.6

Adapting radio -R- components

Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. 19

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Procedure Select "guided fault finding" in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- . Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio system Radio system functions
20 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio "Premium 8"

Radio Premium 8

4.1

General description

The radio system "Premium 8" comprises a radio -R- , an inte- gTfoToruhhrateeprteeurlodaptu.dr6odio-dsdup-isRcecia-nCkhgeaDarssucadahirpaoelnucgdgoeenprstoieagsnnnittdeiaodlnnoadufsodarsanpth3eoe-auwktupaesuyrestsosiynftsaSttgheDeemswdtinioostshrotaahru4gsteh.eoxrfirsc2oead0nrbtdWysVolkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac and as a 2-way system in the rear.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

The radio system "Premium 8" is available in a version with loud- speakers operated via the 4 internal loudspeaker outputs or in a version with the amplifier -R12- . In this case, the loudspeakers are connected directly to the amplifier -R12- and the loudspeaker outputs of the radio -R- are used for amplifier -R12- input signals.

The following loudspeakers are installed with the radio system "Premium 8":

A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the front doors.

A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the rear doors.

To extend the functions, connection options are available for am- plifier -R12- , CD changer -R41- and telephone.

An optional satellite radio -R146- is integrated into radio -R- "Pre- mium 8".

The integrated 6-disc CD changer can play the following formats:

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Audio CD

CD-R

CD-RW

MP3

The following formats cannot be played:

CD with diameter of 8 cm

"Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files)

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

4. 21

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Note

The internal CD changer has a transport protection device which must be deactivated before installing a new radio -R- . The trans- port protection device must also be switched on before shipping naT(wsehiarnceeldotmeaoodoewnvr)tsioe.aadIltnnhisrdetahadiveniwooVtlithn-aaRedrgi-oaero.wnsoFtu,afoptearhpreteilharyiiala.sael,.nrtTihdahelsiessRsaaaluaorteehdcorairiloiaosteelc-dRdsabyty-iesnVmdtoetlkuhimnssewttairhnsgeecteainllulrrAebdwGaeei.rnsVcsdooaioldknw"se-dwia-gen AG doesnot guaranteeorac versity function" integrated in the radio -R- .

4.1.1 Fault finding

The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

4.2

Overview of radio "Premium 8"

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Protected by copyright. Copyi

1 - Radio -R Connectors page 26 Activating and deacti- vating transport protec- tion device page 28 Removing and installing page 23 .
2 - Amplifier -R12 Optional Under left front seat Amplifier -R12 page 100 .
3 - Multimedia system control unit -J650-
Optional In centre console Multimedia system con-
trol unit -J650 page 95 CD changer -R41 page 79 Connection for external audio sources -R199 page 91
4 - Satellite tuner aerial -R172 Roof aerial. Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 . Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 . Aerial systems in sa- loons from model year 2011 page 179

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

22 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

5 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2 -R93 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 . Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 . Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

6 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16 Installed in the rear left and right door trims. Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

7 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17 Installed in the rear left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106

8 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106

9 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106

10 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-

4.3

ILnosutadlslepRdeeainkmemssroaisruvrtyhoiosnrrtisetgermdiabasynnVgodllekpsiowanfagsgtehetnae1A0lrGl6iign. VhgotlkarsnawdadglieeonftA"fGProdrnoeetsmdnooitougrusmaranteeorac

Note
The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on the radio -R- housing.
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic anti-theft coding system page 29 .
The integrated CD changer has a transport protection device which must be deactivated before installing a new radio -R- . The transport protection device must also be activated before shipping a removed radio -R- . For this, the radio -R- must still be connected to the voltage supply. Activating and deactivat- ing transport protection device page 28 .
Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

4. 23

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Removing Remove CD from radio -R- Operating manual . Activate the transport protection device page 28 . Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con- sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Gr. 68 . Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- .

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

24 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Press together -arrows-.

connector

locking

mechanssiasumthoriisneddbiyreVocltkisownagoefn AG.

Volkswagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and pull out connectors.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis- connect connectors.
Installing Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them. Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.
Note Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged.
Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Install centre console cover. Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 29 . Deactivate the transport protection device page 28 . Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-
page 30 .

4. 25

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

4.4

"Premium 8" connectors

1 - Aerial connection Connector colour, black SAT connection to roof aerial (saloon) page 171 . SAT connection to roof aerial (Variant) page 179 . Aerial systems in sa- loons from model year 2011 page 179

2 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 27

3 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment page 27

4 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 27

5 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment page 28

6 - Not fitted
7 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white FM2 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 .

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .

Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

8 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white AM/FM Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 . Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 . Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

26 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
4Ianr.e4cou.m1sebdinaastioiMennprwuuotilttushi-itgappnmiuanpltslsciffiooerrna-nRme1ps2csli-atfuio,etharorrui-s1Rded,i1ob82ysV--iopg.lknisnawl,asglefornouAmGd.srVapodlkeisowa-akRg-e-nAGdoesnot guaranteeorac
1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+) 2 - Front right loudspeaker (+) 3 - Front left loudspeaker (+) 4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+) 5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-) 6 - Front right loudspeaker (-) 7 - Front left loudspeaker (-) 8 - Rear left loudspeaker (-)

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

4.4.2

Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone

9 - CAN bus (high)

10 - CAN bus (low)

11 - Telephone mute

Protected by copyright. Copyi

12 - Terminal 31

13 - Not assigned

14 - Not assigned

15 - Terminal 30

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

4.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone
15 - Not assigned 6 - Telephone LF input signal (-) 711 - Not assigned 12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

4. 27

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

4.4.4

Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD changer -R41-

1 - Audio input left (+)

2 - Audio input earth

3 - Audio earth from CD changer -R41-

4 - Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-

5 - Not assigned

6 - CD data out to CD changer -R41-

7 - Audio input right (+)

8 - Audio left from CD changer -R41-

9 - Audio right from CD changer -R41-

10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-

11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-

12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

4.5

Activating and deactivating transport

protection device

The transportation device must be activated before shipping a "Premium 8" and deactivated when installing a new radio -R- . This takes place electronically via the key pad of the radio -R- . When the transport protection device has been activated, the drive of the internal CD changer is brought to a "transport posi- tion".

Activating transport protection device:

Unit status: "ON" or "OFF". The radio -R- must be connected to the voltage supply. OpthonescPaidettriioesltenhpsa,selas"ayCdt .nr5DidvsCeheotocrlofadntnhkdseespy.oinsrttemprnaroarktleeCcdtDiowncithhdae-navgriceroerwraesssca-atuicsvthhiaomertisesueddltt"hbayeanVpeotrpolkaesunwassalrypgseofnionrAtrG. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac

Deactivating transport protection device:

Connect and install the radio -R- .

Press and hold keys marked with -arrows- simultaneously for at least 5 seconds.
The following appears on the radio display: "CDC transport pro- tection device activated". A button with the word "Deactivate" is located under it. Press "Deactivate" button. Transport protection device has now been deactivated.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

28 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

4.6

Electronic anti-theft coding

The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys- tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.

The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis,

testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card

used in the past and the sticker on the radio -R- have been dis-

continued.
Note In order to find

out

thsesanutuhomriseedribcyaVlolckoswdaeg,enthAeG.vVeohlkicswleagdeinaAgGnodoseiss n, ot

guarantee or ac

testing and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connected

"online" (network connection), and the user must possess valid

rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

4.6.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct numerical code for the electronic anti-theft coding system is entered. Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code: Select "guided fault finding" in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- . Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio system Radio system functions Radio code request Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the VIN and the unit number of the radio -R- are then read out auto- matically.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

4. 29

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Using the keypad, enter the right radio code in the entry mask. Confirm the entry by pressing the entry button. The radio -R- will be released and is ready for use.

Note If an incorrect radio code has been entered on deactivating the electronic lock, "SAFE" first flashes in the display, followed by "1000" again. The entire process can now be repeated again. The number of attempts is shown in the display. If an incorrect radio code is entered again, the radio -R- will be blocked for approx. one hour, i.e. it cannot be operated. This lock is indicated by the fact that "SAFE" is permanently shown in the display. The process of deactivating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.

4.7

Adapting radio -R- components

Special tools and workshop equipment required

Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-

P roSacneeddleuicnrtefo"grmuidaetiodnfasuylst tfeinmdi-nVgA" Sin5stsh0ae5uth1voBreis-hed.icblyeVodlkiaswgangoesniAsG, .teVosltkinswgagen AG does not guaranteeorac Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio system Radio system functions

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

30 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio system "RCD 210"

Radio RCD 210

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the communi- cation systems Instruction manual .

The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code page 37 .

In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system VAS 5051.

When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to ci2ch7se,wcekotcrvk.)esihhniocaplcecmsseoaaqurtdnuhoauirpinasmecldeaebnynwVdt io/t(lohrkasrtwdhtahieogee,ncAlEoGicln.ekVsc,ottrlcrkuiosccwnataivlogesenynnsmiAetGenamdcnoeu;easRelnleeo.tpcg.turGaoranrn.-tee or ac

5.1

General description

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

The "RCD 210" radio system consists of the radio -R- and the loudspeakers in the doors.

The radio -R- has an output stage with 2 x 20 W output power; 4 x 20 W output power is also available as an option.

The loudspeakers are designed as a 2-way system. Depending on equipment, loudspeaker systems are installed in the front only (2 x 20 W) or front and rear (4 x 20 W).

The following is installed in the version with 2 x 20 W in the front doors:

A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker on each side

In the version with 4 x 20 W, a bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker are additionally installed in each rear door.

To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer -R41- and a telephone.

The CD drive integrated in the radio -R- can play the following formats:

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Audio CD

CD-R

CD-RW

MP3

The following formats cannot be played:

CD with diameter of 8 cm

"Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files)

The aerial is a window aerial and is located in the rear window (saloon). In the Variant, the aerial is located in the roof aerial. The aerial version comes without "diversity function".

5.1.1 Fault finding

The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

5. 31

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

5.2

Overview of radio system "RCD 210"

1 - Radio -R Connectors page 36 Removing and installing page 33
2 - Connection for external au- dio sources -R199-
In centre console Connection for external
audio sources -R199 page 91
3 - Aerial -R11 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 . Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .
4 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loud- speaker -R16-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims.
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
5 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loud- speaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims.
Loudspeaker systems 6-sRp-2eF1ar-koe/nrftrp-olReanf2gtt 3ebri-ag1ssh0ssta6ubltoh.aoursisdsesdlpobyeuVadok-lkesrwagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac
Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
7 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
8 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22 Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

32 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

5.3

Removing and installing radio "RCD

210"

Note
The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on the radio -R- housing.
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic anti-theft coding system page 38 .
Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-

Removing

Remove CD from radio -R- Owner's manual .

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove ignition key.

Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle

of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con-

sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;

Rep. Gr. Remove

68 . bolts

-arrows-

(1.5
ss

aNutmhor)i.sed

Volkswagen AG.

Volkswagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

5. 33

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- . Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of -arrows-.
Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon- nect connector.
34 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connector -arrowInstalling Fit connectors on the radio

o-Rn -aaenrssidaaulltohcoocriksnendthebyecVmtiool.knswaangdenpAuGll.

Vitoolkfsfw. agen

does

not

guarantee

Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.

Note Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged.

Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Install centre console cover again. Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 38 . Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-
page 39 .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

5. 35

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

5.4

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010
Com"mRuCnDica2tio1n0-"Ecdoitinonne04c.t2o0r1ss0s authorised

by V,oJlkeswttaage2n0A0G5.

Volkswagen
, Jetta

A2G01do1esnot

guarantee

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

1 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white AM/FM Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 .
2 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 36
3 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment page 37
4 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 37
5 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment page 37

Protected by copyright. Copyi

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

5.4.1

Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak- er outputs

1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+)

2 - Front right loudspeaker (+)

3 - Front left loudspeaker (+)

4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+)

5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-)

6 - Front right loudspeaker (-)

7 - Front left loudspeaker (-)

8 - Rear left loudspeaker (-)

36 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

5.4.2

Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone

9 - CAN bus (high)

10 - CAN bus (low)

11 - Telephone mute

12 - Terminal 31

13 - Not assigned

14 - Not assigned

15 - Terminal 30

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30
516.-54T.-e3NleopthaosnseMigLnuFeltdini-ppuitnsssaicugthonoarnislen(d-eb)ycVotolksrwa3g,en1A2G-. Vpoilnks,wtaegelneApGhdooensneot guaranteeorac

711 - Not assigned

12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

5.4.4

Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD changer -R41-

1 - Audio input left (+)

2 - Audio input earth

3 - Audio earth from CD changer -R41-

4 - Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-

5 - Not assigned

Protected by copyright. Copyi

6 - CD data out to CD changer -R41-

7 - Audio input right (+)

8 - Audio left from CD changer -R41-

9 - Audio right from CD changer -R41-

10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-

11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-

12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

5.5

Electronic anti-theft coding

The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys- tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.

The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

5. 37

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011

Communication - Edition 04.2010

used in the continued.
Note

past

and

the

sticker on the
ss authorised by

Vraoldksiowa-gRen-

AG. Volkswagen AG
have been dis-

does

not

guarantee or ac

In order to find out the radio code, the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connected "online" (network connection), and the user must possess valid rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

5.5.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for the anti-theft coding system is entered. Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code: Select "guided fault finding" in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- . Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio system Radio system functions Radio code request Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the VIN and the unit number of the radio -R- are then read out auto- matically.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Note
When a new radio -R- is being installed, it is possible that the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051Bcannot read out the unit number of the radio -R- . In this case, please enter the unit number manually. It can be read off from the sticker affixed to the unit and is additionally stamped into the side of the unit.
The radio code determined is then shown on the display of the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio code must be entered in the radio -R- manually. Deactivating anti-theft coding: Switch on the radio -R- . The word "SAFE" appears for approx. 10 seconds on the display and then number sequence "1000". Enter the radio code by pressing the corresponding function
buttons until the right number sequence appears. After the four-digit radio code has been entered, "OK" appears on the display. Once you have entered the correct radio code, confirm it with
the "OK" function button on the display. The radio -R- will be released and is ready for use.

38 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Note If the incorrect radio code is entered, it can be immediately cor- rected with a further attempt. If an incorrect radio code is entered twice, the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour. Then leave the radio -R- and the ignition on. The process of deactivating the antitheft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.

5.6

Adapting radio -R- components

Special tools and workshop equipment required

Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-

Procedure

SaUBloneoswdildneinyigcngtfGo"mgormeuTniodauetbiodounptsftsatosiaouuyntnlhs,tostsfreiisenimenlddebsic-nyVutgVc"Ao"FclSkieunswsn5tsach0gitoe5ieonn1vn:ABesG-h/c..iVcoolmelkspdwoiaanggeennnotA"sGiasdn,odetestsnhoteitngfguoalr-antee or ac

Electrical system

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems

Corresponding radio system

Radio system functions

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

5. 39

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011

Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio system "RCD 300"

Radio RCD 300

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

6.1

General description

The "RCD 300" radio system consists of the radio -R- and the loudspeakers in the doors.

The radio -R- has an output stage with 2 x 20 W output power; 4 x 20 W output power is also available as an option.

The loudspeakers are designed as a 3-way system in the front and as a 2-way system in the rear.

The following is installed in the version with 2 x 20 W in the front doors:

A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker on each side

In the version with 4 x 20 W, a bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker are additionally installed in each rear door.

To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer -R41- and a telephone.

The CD drive integrated in the radio -R- can play the following formats:

Audio CD

CD-R

CD-RW

MP3

The following formats cannot be played:

CD with diameter of 8 cm

"Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files)

The aerial is a window aerial and is located in the rear window (saloon). In the Variant, the aerials are located in the rear right side window and in the roof aerial. The aerial system includes a "diversity function" integrated in the radio -R- .

6.1.1 Fault finding

The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

40 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

6.2

Overview of radio system "RCD 300"

1 - Radio -R Connectors page 45 Removing and installing page 42

2 - CD changer -R41 6-pin Below the hinged centre armrest CD changer -R41 page 79

3 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2 -R93-
Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 .
Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .

4 - Rear left treble loudspeaker

-R14- / rear right treble loud- speakeILasnsronasp-uudRtthaador1glsrilig6esepeh-ded1tbai0dynk6Voetooh.rlkresswtyrraesimgtaeesrnm.lAesGft.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

5 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loud- speaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims.
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

6 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loud- speaker -R23-
Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

7 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

8 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22 Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

6. 41

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

6.3

Removing and installing radio "RCD

300"

Note
The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on the radio -R- housing.
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic atItoofanfmtbthtilh-ieestehrhreroaeaffddtdticoshiooyecsd-oRntiende-mgew. ssiIsrt.yaFisnsdtooeilorotmtckchanoistode,wpedya.noog,uneitnsa4cesaa7esuntdth.ioctbPrhikseleeeedrraibedoysqeVenunolitetknhissffeiwotceaarsgdmtiedionvetnAihaGoentf.uhVctmehouleskbes-eswr-agen AGdoesnot guaranteeorac
radio -R- . The identification number is also embossed in the material of the side panel of the radio -R- .
Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Protected by copyright. Copyi

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

42 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- . Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of -arrows-.
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon- nect connector.
6. 43

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Release connectors -arrows- from aerial connections and dis- connect them. Installing Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them. Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel. Note Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged. Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Install centre console cover again. Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 47 . Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R page 48 .
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
44 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

6.4

"RCD 300" connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 45

2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment page 46

3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 46

4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment page 46

5 - Aerial connection Connector colour beige FM2 Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 .

6 - Aerial connection

CAApaMeoprrne/aisFansngalMetuescthyto1osr7isrte1ecdmob.yl,oVsoualrklsotwroaangnesn-AG. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac

Aerial system, Variant

page 179 .

6.4.1

Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak- er outputs

1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+)

2 - Front right loudspeaker (+)

3 - Front left loudspeaker (+)

4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+)

5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-)

6 - Front right loudspeaker (-)

7 - Front left loudspeaker (-)

8 - Rear left loudspeaker (-)

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

6. 45

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

6.4.2

Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone

9 - CAN bus (high)

10 - CAN bus (low)

11 - Telephone mute

12 - Terminal 31

13 - Not assigned

14 - Not assigned

15 - Terminal 30

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

6.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone
15 - Not assigned 6 - Telephone LF input signal (-) 711 - Not assigned 12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

6.4.4

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD changer -R41-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

1 - Not assigned

2 - Audio earth from CD changer -R41-

3 - Not assigned

4 - Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-

5 - Not assigned

6 - CD data out to CD changer -R41-

7 - Not assigned

8 - Audio left from CD changer -R41-

9 - Audio right from CD changer -R41-

10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-

11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-

12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

6.5

Electronic anti-theft coding

The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys- tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

46 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
6.5.1 Functional notes
After initial activation of the anti-theft coding, an internal radio code is stored in the radio -R- and in the dash panel insert. If the radio -R- is now disconnected from the voltage supply due to re- pairs (e.g. radio -R- or battery -A- ) removed and the voltage supply is then reconnected, data is transferred between the radio -R- and the dash panel insert. When this is done, the internal code of the radio -R- is compared with the code in the dash panel insert. If the codes are identical with each other, the dash panel insert will recognise that the con- nected radio -R- belongs to the vehicle. The radio -R- is therefore immediately operational without the need to enter the anti-theft code again. If the radio -R- is replaced, the radio code must be entered. Deactivating anti-theft coding page 47 Then after switching on the "S contact" via the ignition lock the code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert and the radio -R- . Comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. It must be ensured that a diagnostic unit has not been connected or is not connected during this period of time. After this time, the radio -R- of the vehicle will be ready for oper- ation without the need to enter the radio code again even if the voltage supply has been cut off and then reconnected. The anti-theft coding becomes effective and blocks the radio -Rwhen: The radio -R- is installed in another vehicle or The dash panel insert is changed. AssDhwerpoiaatawcdcghntioieivnwa-4gRht7ete-h.ntwehh"erSiacaAdhnFiothisE-sa-ta"Rhsuateh-bonfotreidsncee."odn1bdy0lionV0cog0lkk"tseowidsargbseehylneoAtahwGsene. Vaitonhnlkettsih-wutehangedietfintsloApccGolakddyoinewgshnioestnguaranteeorac
6.5.2 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for the anti-theft coding system is entered.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Note
The radio code is stuck on the radio card together with the unit number Instruction manual .
The radio card should not be kept in the vehicle for security reasons. Ask the customer for the radio code.
If a radio -R- is renewed, the radio code of the replacement device must be used.
The customer must be informed that the radio code has changed.
Obtain the code of the radio -R- . Switch on the radio -R- . The radio -R- automatically displays "SAFE" and then "1000". Next to the four function buttons, the display shows the position of the radio code to be entered with an "X".

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

6. 47

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

EthneteforuGCthrooefumlfcnomVcdatuieronianoicnnbattuth2itoet0on0rna-7sdEiindodi,ctiiacoGarnodtel0find4V..t2ahP0reri1aec0nsostrr2stesh0aceu1tth0rsoereilseqedvu,baeyJnnVetcotfltekuas,nwu2cas0tgii0eonn5ngAG. V, oJlkestwtaag2e0n1A1G does not guaranteeorac

button as many times as necessary until the correct number

is shown in the centre of the display.

Then press the function button next to the word "ENTER". The unit is then ready to operate again and switches to its last op- erating state.

Note If you enter an incorrect radio code to deactivate the electronic lock, "SAFE" first flashes in the display, followed by "1000" again. The entire process can now be repeated again. The number of attempts is shown in the display. If an incorrect radio code is en- tered again, the radio -R- will be blocked for approx. one hour, i.e. it cannot be operated. This lock is indicated by the fact that "SAFE" is permanently shown in the display. The process of de- activating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.

6.6

Adapting radio -R- components

Special tools and workshop equipment required

Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Procedure Select "guided fault finding" in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- . Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio system Radio system functions
48 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio system "RCD 310"

Radio RCD 310

Note

WucTInanhhtstdeisheoeaeaunnrtsnhedosttvraiyei-sensteahndtdleeibtnymtfoghtVfseocwrlokefsiduptwhinaanIcgincgrteosiwnoutmrAnosuGpesrckl.sataViooianonrnldktffssiamxtw,hueaiateldgtniesfoucninpoaaAdedlbGir.ensdaogoteilouspntneVoaoltgyegfehuntahierc5aelc6neteec.edsooismraaagcmrnyuotnsoii-s,

testing and information system VAS 5051.

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

7.1

General description

The main features of the RCD 310 radio -R- are, among others, as follows:

4 x 20 watt loudspeaker channels

Monochrome display

Control for external CD changer -R41-

Telephone controls (hands-free system)

Connection for external sound amplifier

DAB operation possible

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

The "RCD 310" radio system consists of the radio -R- and the front and rear loudspeakers.

The CD drive integrated in the radio -R- can play the following CD formats:

Audio CD

CD-R

CD-RW

MP3

The following formats cannot be played:

CD with diameter of 8 cm

"Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files)

The aerial is installed in the rear side windows. The aerial system includes a "diversity function" integrated in the radio -R- .

7.1.1 Fault finding

The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

7. 49

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

7.2

Overview of radio system "RCD 310"

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

1 - Radio -R Connectors page 54 Removing and installing page 51
2 - CD changer -R41 Optional In centre console
3un-itM-Ju6ClOt5iDmpp0tae-icogdhneiasaasn7lasug9tyhesorrtise-eRmd b4yc1Vo-onlktsrwoalgen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac In centre console Multimedia system con- trol unit -J650 page 95
4 - Connection for external au- dio sources -R199-
In centre console Connection for external
audio sources -R199 page 91
5 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2 -R93-
Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 .
Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .
Aerial systems in sa- loons from model year 2011 page 179
6 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106
7 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17 Installed in the rear left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106
8 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106
9 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106
10 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22 Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors Loudspeaker systems page 106

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

50 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

7.3

Removing and installing radio "RCD

310"

Note

The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on the radio -R- housing.

If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate anti-theft coding system page 56 .
Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-

stshaeutheorliseecdtbryoVnoilckswagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

7. 51

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

GCoomlf mVaurniaicnatt2io0n0-7sEsaduith,tiooGrisnoedl0fb4yV.V2ao0rlki1asw0natg2e0n 1AG0.Vol,ksJweatgtaen2A0G0d5oes no,tJgeuatrtaante2e0or1a1c Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal
wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off. Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio. Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of
-arrows-. Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon-
nect connector.
52 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis- connect connectors.
Installing Fit connectors on radio -R- . Push radio -R- straight into the dash panel.
Note Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting the radio -R- as the radio -R- may be damaged. Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Install centre console cover. Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 56 . Check the radio -R- code and recode it page 57 .
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
7. 53

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

7.4

"RCD 310" connectors

1 - Aerial connection Connector colour, black DAB Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 . Aerial systems in sa- loons from model year 2011 page 179
2 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 55

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

3 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment page 55

4 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 55

5 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment page 56

6 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white FM2 Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 . Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

Protected by copyright. Copyi

7 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white AM/FM Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 . Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

54 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

7.4.1

Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak- er outputs

1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+)

2 - Front right loudspeaker (+)

3 - Front left loudspeaker (+)

4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+)

5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-)

6 7 8 -

Front right loudspeaker (-) Front left loudspeaker (-) Rear left loudspeaker (-)

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

7.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,

telephone

9 - CAN bus (high)

10 - CAN bus (low)

11 - Telephone mute

12 - Terminal 31

13 - Not assigned

14 - Not assigned

15 - Terminal 30

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

7.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone
15 - Not assigned 6 - Telephone LF input signal (-) 711 - Not assigned 12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

7. 55

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

7.4.4

Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD changer -R41-

1 - Audio input left (+)

2 - Audio input earth

3 - Audio earth from CD changer -R41-

4 - Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-

5 - Not assigned

6 - CD data out to CD changer -R41-

7 - Audio input right (+)

8 - Audio left from CD changer -R41-

9 - Audio right from CD changer -R41-

10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-

11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-

12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

7.5

Electronic anti-theft coding

The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys- tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.

The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card used in the past and the sticker on the radio -R- have been dis- continued. IannodridnefNor ortmoteafitniodnosuytsttheemra-VdiAoSco5d0e5,1tBh-emveuhsssitcabuletheodrcisioeadngbnnyeoVcosltikess,wdtaegsentiAnGg. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac "online" (network connection), and the user must possess valid rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

7.5.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for the anti-theft coding system is entered. Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code: Select "guided fault finding" in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- . Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio system Radio system functions

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

56 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Radio code request Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the VIN and the unit number of the radio -R- are then read out auto- matically.

Note

When a new radio -R- is being installed, it is possible that the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051Bcannot read out the unit number of the radio -R- . In this case, please enter the unit number manually. It can be read on a sticker on the radio -R- and is also embossed on the radio -R- .

The radio code determined is then shown on the display of the

vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- .

The radio code must be entered Deactivating anti-theft coding: Switch on the radio -R- .

the

radio

s-sRau-thmoriasendubyaVlloylk.swagen AG.

Volkswagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

The word "SAFE" appears for approx. 10 seconds on the display and then number sequence "1000".

Enter the radio code by pressing the corresponding function buttons until the right number sequence appears.

After the four-digit radio code has been entered, "OK" appears on the display.

Once you have entered the correct radio code, confirm it with the "OK" function button on the display.

The radio -R- will be released and is ready for use.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Note If the incorrect radio code is entered, it can be immediately cor- rected with a further attempt. If an incorrect radio code is entered twice, the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour. Then leave the radio -R- and the ignition on. The process of deactivating the antitheft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts to enter the code are allowed, after which the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.

7.6

Adapting radio components "RCD 310"

Special tools and workshop equipment required

Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

7. 57

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Procedure

In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- , select "Guided fault finding".

Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol- lowing menu options in succession:

BE0C1oloedr-cryetOrsicnpaoblnosdaysisrsndatugetdhmroiaraisdgedinoboyssVyiosslk-tcsewamapgaebnlAeGs. Vyosltkesmwasgen AG does not guaranteeorac

Radio system functions

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

58 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio system "RCD 500"

Radio RCD 500

8.1

General description

The radio "RCD 500" consists of the radio -R- , the integrated 6disc CD changer and the loudspeakers in the doors.

The radio -R- has a final output stage with an output power of 4 x 20 W. The loudspeakers are designed as a 3-way system in the front and as a 2-way system in the rear.

The radio system "RCD 500" is available in a version with loud- speakers operated via the 4 internal loudspeaker outputs or in a version with the amplifier -R12- . In this case, the loudspeakers are connected directly to the amplifier -R12- and the loudspeaker outputs of the radio -R- are used for amplifier -R12- input signals.

T"RhCeAlAoDfuobbd5laalos0sspw0sse"ill:naoogkuueddlorssupipndeeseaapakkeeceahrr,kaoeansfrsmdsathuatiahedor-terfirrsraeeoindnbnbsglteyteaVdloloollloekuosuddrwdssaw.spgpieethneaAaktGhkeee.rVrironaalkndsedwiaoacagsheytnroseAtfbeGtlmhedeoes not guaranteeorac rear doors.

To extend the functions, connection options are available for am- plifier -R12- , CD changer -R41- and telephone.

The integrated 6-disc CD changer can play the following formats:

Audio CD

CD-R

CD-RW

MP3

The following formats cannot be played:

CD with diameter of 8 cm

"Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files)

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

8. 59

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Note

The integrated CD changer has a transport protection device which must be deactivated before installing a new radio -R- . The transport protection device must also be activated before shipping a removed radio -R- . For this, the radio -R- must still be connected to the voltage supply.

8.1.1 Fault finding

The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

8.2

Overview of radio system "RCD 500"

1 - Radio -R Connectors page 64 Activating and deacti- vating transport protec- tion device page 65 Removing and installing page 61

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

2 - CD changer -R41 In centre console CD changer -R41 page 79

3 - Amplifier -R12 Optional Under left front seat Amplifier -R12 page 100 .

4 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2 -R93-
Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 .
Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .

Protected by copyright. Copyi

5 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loud- speaker -R16-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims.
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

6 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loud- speaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims. Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

60 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Front

left

bass

loudspeaGkeorlsf-sRVaua2thr1oira-isen/dtfbr2yo0Vno0tlk7rsigwhagt,ebnGaAosGlsf. VVlooalukrsdiwasanpgtee2an0kA1eG0rdC-oRoesm2n,3omJt-eguutntaariacn2ate0tei0oor5nac- E,dJiteiottna

2011 04.2010

Installed in the front left and right door trims

Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

8 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

9 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22 Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

8.3

Removing and installing radio "RCD

500"

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Note
The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on the radio -R- housing.
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic anti-theft coding system page 67 . Please inform the cus- tomer of the new radio code.
If the radio code is not known, it can be requested via the es- tablished systems. For this, you need the identification number of the radio -R- . It is located on a sticker on the side of the radio -R- . The identification number is also embossed in the material of the side panel of the radio -R- .
The CD changer in the radio -R- has a transport protection device which must be deactivated before installing a new radio -R- . The transport protection device must also be activated before shipping a removed radio -R- . For this, the Radio -Rmust still be connected to the voltage supply. Activating and deactivating transport protection device page 65 .
Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-

Removing Remove CD from radio -R- Operating manual . Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con- sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Gr. 68 .

8. 61

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal

wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- . Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .

Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of -arrows-.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

62 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and pull out connectors.
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis- connect connectors.
Installing Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them. Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.
Note Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged. Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Install centre console cover. Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 66 . Deactivate the transport protection device page 65 . Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-
page 67 .
8. 63

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

8.4

"RCD 500" connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 64
2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment page 65
3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 65
4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment page 65
5 - Aerial connection Connector colour beige FM2 Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 .
6 - Aerial connection Connector colour trans- parent AM/FM Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

Protected by copyright. Copyi

8.4.1

Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak- er outputs

In combination with amplifier -R12- , audio signals from radio -Rare used as input signals for amplifier -R12- .

1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+)

2 - Front right loudspeaker (+)

3 - Front left loudspeaker (+)

4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+)

5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-)

6 - Front right loudspeaker (-)

7 - Front left loudspeaker (-)

8 - Rear left loudspeaker (-)

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

64 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ssauthoriseGd boylVf oVlkaswriaagnetn2A0G0. V7olksw, aGgeonlfAVGadorieasnntot2g0ua1ra0nCteoemor,amJc eutntaic2a0ti0o5n

, Jetta - Edition

2011 04.2010

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

8.4.2

Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone

9 - CAN bus (high)

10 - CAN bus (low)

11 - Telephone mute

12 - Terminal 31

13 - Not assigned

14 - Not assigned

15 - Terminal 30

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

8.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone
15 - Not assigned 6 - Telephone LF input signal (-) 711 - Not assigned 12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

8.4.4

Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD changer -R41-

1 - Not assigned

2 - Audio earth from CD changer -R41-

3 - Not assigned

4 - Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-

5 - Not assigned

6 - CD data out to CD changer -R41-

7 - Not assigned

8 - Audio left from CD changer -R41-

9 - Audio right from CD changer -R41-

10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-

11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-

12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

8.5

Activating and deactivating transport

protection device

The transport protection device must be activated before shipping a "RCD 500" and deactivated before installing a new radio -R- . This takes place electronically via the key pad of the radio -R- . When the transport lock has been activated, the player of the CD changer is brought to a "transport position".

8. 65

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Activating transport protection device: Unit status: "ON" or "OFF", wiring must be connected to the radio -R- . Press and hold keys marked with -arrows- simultaneously for
at least 5 seconds. The radio -R- unit display shows "TRANSPRT" when the player of the CD changer has moved into transport position. Deactivating transport protection device: Connect and install the radio -R- . Press CANCEL key to deactivate transport protection device.

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

8.6

Electronic anti-theft coding

The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys- tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.

8.6.1 Functional notes

Wwwnicmoeiihttmdchheteeeenthddaateigcharaahictseidonoliidy.ostheod-eRpiorn,e-nttrbehhae,eetltioohddnneaagassinslhhwttepopirtaanhtnhnaoeeelullctvsiionsetnhadshsueeteeihcorrnolrtteise.fwe.eItdfTihldbltheyhrtVeeoeroacrlkecaodsondgiwodtinaeoeg-irsRes-eRnt-haA-tierhsGiesa.acVitntodhottmehliek-nestrphwetaiceacfoorgfaetrneledn- AG does not guaranteeorac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

If the radio -R- is replaced, the radio code must be entered.

Deactivating anti-theft coding page 67

Then after switching on the "S contact" via the ignition lock the code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert and the radio -R- .

Comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. It must be ensured that a diagnostic unit has not been connected or is not connected during this period of time.

After this time, the radio -R- of the vehicle will be ready for oper- ation without the need to enter the radio code again even if the voltage supply has been cut off and then reconnected.

The anti-theft coding becomes effective and blocks the radio -Rwhen:

The radio -R- is installed in another vehicle or

The dash panel insert is changed.

A radio -R- which has been locked by the anti-theft coding is shown when "SAFE" and "1000" is shown in the display when switching the radio -R- on.

66 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Deactivate the anti-theft coding to release the unit lock page 67 .
8.6.2 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for the anti-theft coding system is entered.

Obtain the code of the radio -R- .

Switch on the radio -R- .

The radio -R- automatically displays "SAFE" and then "1000".

Next to the four function buttons, the display shows the position of the radio code to be entered with an "X".

Enter the radio code in the correct sequence, using the four

function buttons indicated. Press the relevant function button

as many times as necessary until the correct number is shown

in the centre of the display. Then press the function button next to radio -R- is ready for operation again operating mode.

atshns eadutwhsoowrisriedtdcb"hEyeVNsolTktsoEwRtahg"ee. nTlAahGset.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

Note

If you enter an incorrect radio code to deactivate the electronic lock, "SAFE" first flashes in the display, followed by "1000" again. The entire process can now be repeated again. The number of attempts is shown in the display. If an incorrect radio code is en- tered again, the radio -R- will be blocked for approx. one hour, i.e. it cannot be operated. This lock is indicated by the fact that "SAFE" is permanently shown in the display. The process of de- activating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.

8.7

Adapting radio components "RCD 500"

Special tools and workshop equipment required

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

8. 67

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-

Procedure

In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- , select "Guided fault finding".

Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol- lowing menu options in succession:

Body

Electrical system

01 - On board diagnosis-capable Corresponding radio system Radio system functions

systems
ss authorised

Volkswagen

AG. Volkswagen

AG does not

guarantee or ac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

68 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio system "RCD 510"

Radio RCD 510

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the communi- cation systems Instruction manual .

TItWnehshtetheineangnetthavi-eenthndbetaifonttfftcoeroerrmydpia-anAitgri-owuinsosserrkeyscsoaotrenffmianxueeVlcdtAtfeciSndod,d5ipen0lg5e1as.spsaVeauthgeroeehrismic7edl7eebmy.dVbioaelkgrsnwtooagseisn,AG. Volkswagen AGdoesnot guaranteeorac

check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron-

ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.

27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

9.1

General description

The radio "RCD 510" consists of the radio -R- , the integrated 6disc CD changer and the loudspeakers in the doors.

The radio -R- has a plug position for the use of SD storage cards for reproducing audio content and an output stage with 4 x 20 W output.

The loudspeakers are designed as a 3-way system in the front and as a 2-way system in the rear.

The radio system "RCD 510" is available in a version with loud- speakers operated via the 4 internal loudspeaker outputs or in a version with the amplifier -R12- . In this case, the loudspeakers are connected directly to the amplifier -R12- and the loudspeaker outputs of the radio -R- are used for amplifier -R12- input signals.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

The following loudspeakers are installed with the radio system "RCD 510":

A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the front doors.

A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the rear doors.

To extend the functions, connection options are available for am- plifier -R12- , CD changer -R41- and telephone.

The integrated 6-disc CD changer can play the following formats:

Audio CD

CD-R

CD-RW

MP3

The following formats cannot be played:

CD with diameter of 8 cm

"Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files)

9. 69

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Note

T(s"9sdihd.ai1veeloe.awor1seniinrt)iy.daIolfnuiwsnthcFaaetniawodVuninai"nldrtiinoatfhtwineentg,adrrteoahironteieafgdalasaeesinanrruiidatathhollsi.resisTaelrdhoraebecdyailVaootoeecl-kdraRsiawti-enlad.gsteyhinnseAtteGrhem.eVaorrinelkwcaswilrnuarddgigoeehnwstAaG doesnot guaranteeorac

The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

9.2

Overview of radio system "RCD 510"

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Protected by copyright. Copyi

1 - Radio -R Connectors page 74 Activating and deacti- vating transport protec- tion device page 76 Removing and installing page 71
2 - CD changer -R41 Optional In centre console CD changer -R41 page 79
3 - Multimedia system control unit -J650-
Optional In centre console Multimedia system con-
trol unit -J650 page 95
4 - Connection for external au- dio sources -R199-
In centre console Connection for external
audio sources -R199 page 91
5 - Amplifier -R12 Optional Under left front seat Amplifier -R12 page 100 .
6 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2 -R93-
Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 . Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .
70 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

7 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16 Installed in the rear left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106

8 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17 Installed in the rear left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106

9 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106

10 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106

11 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-

Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors

9.3

Loudspeaker systems page 106

Removing 510"

and

inssstaautlhloirnisegdbyraVodlksiowag"eRn ACGD. Volkswagen AG does not

guarantee or ac

Note
The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on the radio -R- housing.
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic anti-theft coding system page 29 .
The integrated CD changer has a transport protection device which must be deactivated before installing a new radio -R- . The transport protection device must also be activated before shipping a removed radio -R- . For this, the radio -R- must still be connected to the voltage supply. Activating and deactivat- ing transport protection device page 76 .
Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Removing Remove CD from radio -R- Operating manual . Activate the transport protection device page 76 .

9. 71

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove ignition key. Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con- sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Gr. 68 . Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- . Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of -arrows-.
72 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and pull out connectors.

Release connect

connectors connectors.

-arrosswausth-oroisfedabeyrVioallkscwoangneneAcGtio. VnoslksawnadgednisA-G

does

not

guarantee

Installing

Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them.

Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.

Note Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged.

Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Install centre console cover. Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 29 . Deactivate the transport protection device page 76 . Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-
page 78 .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

9. 73

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

9.4

"RCD 510" connectors

1 - Aerial connection Connector colour, black DAB Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 . Aerial systems in sa- loons from model year 2011 page 179

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

2 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 27

3 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment page 27

4 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 27

Protected by copyright. Copyi

5 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment page 28

6 - Not fitted

7 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white FM2 Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 . Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

8 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white AM/FM Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 . Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

74 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

9.4.1

Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak- er outputs

In combination with amplifier -R12- , audio signals from radio -Rare used as input signals for amplifier -R12- .

1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+)

2 - Front right loudspeaker (+)

3 - Front left loudspeaker (+)

4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+)

5 6 7 8 -

Rear Front Front Rear

right loudspeaker (-)

left left

lloouuddssppeeaakskseearurth((-o-)r)ised

Volkswagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

9.4.2

Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone

9 - CAN bus (high)

10 - CAN bus (low)

11 - Telephone mute

12 - Terminal 31

13 - Not assigned

14 - Not assigned

15 - Terminal 30

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

9.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone
15 - Not assigned 6 - Telephone LF input signal (-) 711 - Not assigned 12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

9. 75

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

GCoomlf mVaurniaicnatt2io0n0-7Edi,tioGnol0f4V.2a0ri1a0ntss2a0uth1o0risedb,y

Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011

not

guarantee

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

9.4.4

Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD changer -R41-

1 - Audio input left (+)

2 - Audio input earth

3 - Audio earth from CD changer -R41-

4 - Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-

5 - Not assigned

6 - CD data out to CD changer -R41-

7 - Audio input right (+)

8 - Audio left from CD changer -R41-

9 - Audio right from CD changer -R41-

10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-

11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-

12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

Protected by copyright. Copyi

9.5

Activating and deactivating transport

protection device

The transport protection device must be activated before shipping a "RCD 510" and deactivated before installing a new radio -R- . This takes place electronically via the key pad of the radio -R- . When the transport protection device has been activated, the drive of the internal CD changer is brought to a "transport posi- tion".

Activating transport protection device:

Unit status: "ON" or "OFF". The radio -R- must be connected to the voltage supply.

Press and hold keys marked with -arrows- simultaneously for at least 5 seconds.

Once the drive of the internal CD changer reaches the transport position, "CDC transport protection device activated" appears in the display.

Deactivating transport protection device:

Connect and install the radio -R- .

76 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

9.6

Electronic anti-theft coding

The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys- tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.

If the voltage supply for the radio -R- is cut off and then recon- ntctThhoeheadcetrtineatrhagdded,isoitroyhacsecdotoeidroadmede-aRihoigs-aawsidsiniealrl.telseArectrimopallnrdbsiensnyeraeeeubotdchqeoptubereiesiydnserdaimtiabnetyiceoVittsahniovnelatkahssltsawweoatadifgmtthhetfheoneoeAruevGttvelhe.tehheVchioetcfrilicklorneslsneew.tieacdtgidmiaeantngeoAtniG-aeotnnhdsodteiesefsrt, not guaranteeorac testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card used in the past and the sticker on the radio -R- have been dis- continued.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Note
In order to find out the radio code, the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connected "online" (network connection), and the user must possess valid rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.
9.6.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for the anti-theft coding system is entered. Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code: Select "guided fault finding" in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- . Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio system Radio system functions Radio code request Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the VIN and the unit number of the radio -R- are then read out auto- matically.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

9. 77

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
An entry mask with a 10-digit keypad and an ENTER button ap- pear. Using the keypad, enter the right radio code in the entry mask. Confirm the entry by pressing the entry button. The radio -R- will be released and is ready for use.

9.7

Adapting radio components "RCD 510"

Special tools and workshop equipment required

Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-

Procedure

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- , select "Guided fault finding".

Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol- lowing menu options in succession:

Body

Electrical system

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems

Corresponding radio system

Radio system functions

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

78 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

CD changer -R41-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Note
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the communi- cation systems Instruction manual .
10Wci2.c1h7she,wecenkotcrvtk.h)eseihhnGiobcapalecetcmtneesosearqraydnuurthaau-ipoAnarlmi-sclneeiaedsonnbwrydtteVie/t(coohrsloarktsndhtwhnieoaeeg,cecntleEoAdocGle,wk.cVp,ntolcreeliokcarsn'asswvleamesgryneaesnienmtAenuGemcamdel;o.beReseleenropctt.togrGuoanrr.a-ntee or ac
If the CD changer -R41- plays commercially available CDs but will not play copies of CDs, there is no fault with the CD changer R41- . Exchanging a CD changer -R41- for this reason is not permitted. The following formats cannot be played: CD with diameter of 8 cm "Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files) MP3 When retrofitting a CD changer -R41- the radio -R- must be re- coded.
10.2 CD changer -R41- connector
Multi-pin connector, 12-pin 1 - CD data in 2 - CD clock 3 - CD earth 4 - CD data out 5 - Not assigned 6 - Terminal 30 7 - Audio output right 8 - Control cable 9 - Audio earth 10 - Audio output left 11 - Not assigned 12 - Terminal 58d
10.3 Removing and installing CD changer R41-
The CD changer -R41- is located under the hinged centre arm- rest. Special tools and workshop equipment required

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

79 10. CD changer R41

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Radio release tool -VAS 3316-
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Open hinged centre armrest completely. Take CD out of the CD changer -R41- Operating manual . Place radio release tools -VAS 3316- into the provided slots
on left and front side of the CD changer -R41- until they audibly engage. Using radio release tools -VAS 3316- , pull out CD changer R41- -arrows-.
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Release connector at points indicated by -arrows- and pull it off.
80 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Press locking clip -arrow- while pulling radio release tools VAS 3316- out.
Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
81 10. CD changer R41

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

iPod holder -R192-

Note
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the iPod holder -R192- Operating manual .
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron- ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .
1ATcahn1ne.iP1biPoeodudhsioesldadvGewariite-lhaRnbt1helse9sera2iaunf-tohlodcllrnaioisfefnwoedirbbtneyeegVnsootilPkvrsdeowerdasrsgeieo:dnnAasG.sT. oVhopeltkisioPwnoaagdleehnqAoGuldidpeomre-seRnno1tt9.gu2a-ranteeorac
3rd and 4th generation iPods iPod mini iPod photo The iPod is inserted into the iPod holder -R192- ; the contents of the iPod can now be displayed and selected on the radio or radio navigation system display. The iPod is supplied with voltage via the iPod holder -R192- . All of the iPod's audio data can be played via the radio system; however, photos and ID3 tags cannot be shown. Only the se- quential number of the files (track xx) is shown on the radio or radio navigation system display. The files are transferred in the same way from the iPod to the radio or radio navigation system.
11.2 Fault finding
The iPod holder -R192- is not capable of self-diagnosis. Fault finding procedure page 85 .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

82 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

11.3

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Overview of iPod holder -R192-

1 - iPod 2 - Adapter
Adapting holder to iPod Removing and installing
adapter page 83 3 - iPod holder -R192-
In the centre console storage compartment
Removing and installing page 84
4 - Electronics Cannot be replaced as single part Connector page 85
5 - Loudspeaker system 6 - Radio -R- / control unit with display for radio and naviga- tion -J503-
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

11.4 Removing and installing adapter for iPod holder -R192-
To adapt the iPod holder -R192- to the different unit sizes, certain adapters which can be individually inserted into the iPod holder R192- are available.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

83 11. iPod holder R192

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Installing iPod and iPod photo: Insert adapter -A- in direction of -arrow- to stop into adapter -B-. Note The adapter -A- is available in various thicknesses. Refer to the instruction manual to find out exactly which is to be used for which unit. iPod mini
Insert adapter in direction of -arrow- to stop into iPod holder R192- .
Removing Removal is carried out in the reverse sequence.
11.5 Removing and installing iPod holder R192-
The iPod holder -R192- is installed in the hinged centre armrest. R emGDdioirrsievpccionitPingoonndeochfto-calodrneronrwe-Rc-.t1o9r2u-nsasdaneudtrhnopreisuaeldlthboyuiVPtoolikPdswohadgoehldnoeAldrGe-. VRro-1lRk9s12w9-a2g.e-ninAG does not guaranteeorac Installing Reconnect connector.
First insert iPod holder -R192- in centre console at -A-, then press it in the direction of -B- until iPod holder -R192- engages in centre console.
84 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

11.6 iPod holder -R192- connector

Multi-pin connector, 12-pin

1 - DATA in

2 - DATA clock

3 4 5 -

Terminal 31 DNAotTaAssosiusgatnutehodrised

Volkswagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

6 - Terminal 30

7 - Audio right

8 - Control signal from radio -R-

9 - Audio earth

10 - Audio left

11 - Not assigned

12 - Not assigned

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

11.7 Fault finding procedure
Special tools and workshop equipment required Hand multimeter -V.A.G 1526C Auxiliary measuring set -V.A.G 1594CThe iPod holder -R192- is not capable of self-diagnosis. The voltage supply to the connector can be checked. Test conditions iPod OK Instruction manual iPod "RESET" instruction manual . Lock OK Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations Radio and radio navigation system no errors Vehicle diag-
nosis, testing and information system VAS 5051 Procedure Remove iPod holder -R192- page 84 . Disconnect connector underneath iPod holder -R192- . Switch on the radio -R- . Using hand-held multimeter -V.A.G 1526C- and auxiliary ca-
bles from auxiliary measuring set -V.A.G 1594C- measure voltage between contacts 3 and 6, as well as 3 and 8 of con- nector to wiring harness. Specification: approx. 12 V Switch off the radio -R- . Voltage values not OK: Check wiring/connections between radio -R- and iPod holder -R192- referring to current flow diagram Current flow dia- grams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations. Voltage values OK: Renew iPod holder -R192- .

85 11. iPod holder R192

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

USB connection retainer -R193-

Note

WucWcahnhhtedieeocennknrsvdtsthaeyeenshatdilbecinalmteghttseeewrqfiyutuhn-iIpAcncmt-osiotmiesrnunpsrctelat(aciroinnoandtndsssnimato,hue,itahtecconitrsloeiuosepdaacde,lbkbrp.,ysaVlocetooilaoulknsntsevweeolayrnfgeenitemhneneAcecGemce.soVbsemoeallkemrrsyctwutotranoogien-n-AGdoesnot guaranteeorac

ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.

27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .

12.1 General notes
Located in hinged centre armrest A USB connection retainer -R193- to connect USB memory media (USB stick or MP3 player) is available as an option. The USB memory medium is connected to the USB connection retainer -R193- ; the contents of the USB memory medium can now be displayed and selected on the radio or radio navigation system display. The USB memory medium is supplied with volt- age via the USB connection retainer -R193- .

Protected by copyright. Copyi

12.1.1 Fault finding
The USB connection retainer -R193- is not capable of self-diag- nosis. Fault finding procedure page 89
12.1.2 Supported music file formats
Only music files in the following formats can be played: "mp3" (MPEG1 Layer 3 of 32 to 320 kbps) "wma" (from 8 to 192 kbps) "wav" (16 kHz sampling frequency with 16 bit encoding, ster-
eo) "ogg vorbis" (up to q10, 48 kHz, stereo) DMR music formats are not supported!

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

86 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
12.1.3 Supported memory media
Fpfpmulllaaaunyywsceettlierorhsssnasaovcenfoadopontennrhraeoeadtrtoiiboomfesntahc-gneRauutn-afwaarooacpntnUpultyrreSoebeBvsedecagdisefrusearboautytiturhfhaioscVerneiasrotedtelmdek.ebssTeydwVmahiofaseolmkgasrmeywemneamsgmitaenoicnroirmekAyrsyGuus.otmsmViceroekdrMlkdes.siPq,wuTMu3mahigPreee3n-AG does not guaranteeorac ment, see illustration. The following memory media are supported: Approved MP3 players: Manufacturer "Cebop", model "Run XL", memory size 1024
MB, connected via USB-A Manufacturer "Maxfield", model "MayRobot", memory size 512
MB, connected via USB-A Manufacturer "Philips", model "SA 177", memory size 512 MB,
connected via USB-A Manufacturer "Grundig", model "MP 500", memory size 256
MB, connected via USB-A Manufacturer "Mambox", model "Color", memory size 256 MB,
connected via USB-A Manufacturer "Trekstor", model "Musik Stick 100", memory
size 256 MB, connected via USB-A Manufacturer "Trekstor", model "21617, i-Beat", memory size
512 MB, connected via mini USB Manufacturer "Time", model "DPA-20 FL+", memory size 128
MB, connected via USB Approved memory sticks: Manufacturer "Blue Pearl", model "Cn Memory", memory size 64 MB, connected via USB-A Manufacturer "Buffalo", model "Firestix", memory size 2 GB, con- nected via USB-A Manufacturer "Lexar Media", model "Jump Drive", memory size 128 MB, connected via USB-A Manufacturer "LG", model "Mirror USB Drive", memory size 128 MB, connected via USB-A Manufacturer "Silver Pearl", model "Micro X", memory size 1024 MB, connected via USB-A Manufacturer "Pretec", model "I-Disk Tiny 2.0", memory size 128 MB, connected via USB-A Approved radio -R- : Perfect operation is only guaranteed if a VW radio was installed in the factory. Flawless function cannot be guaranteed if other merchandise is used.
12.1.4 Notes on operation
Never remove the memory medium as long as you have se- lected the USB connection retainer -R193- as the source (CD). This may destroy the memory medium.
Never connect an MP3 player directly into the USB connection retainer -R193- ; this could damage the connection. Always use a USB extension cable.
Never connect anything other than a USB stick or MP3 player to this USB connection retainer -R193- . Hard drives and USB
87 12. USB connection retainer R193

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

hubs cannot be used with the USB connection retainer R193- .

The maximum power consumption of the USB memory medi- um must not exceed 2.5 W (500 mA/5 V).

Never insert metal objects into the USB connection retainer R193- . This can cause short circuits and damage the unit.

If the memory medium is not detected by the USB connection retainer -R193- within 15 seconds, remove the memory me- dium and re-insert it into the USB connection retainer -R193- .

Some MP3 players must be activated by a button before in- serting into a USB connection Instruction manual .

The permitted temperature range of USB sticks and MP3 play- ers is limited and often lies between 0°C and 40°C. Inform the customer that for this reason the memory medium may not remain in the vehicle over a longer period.

12.2 Removing and installing USB connec-

tion retainer -R193-
The USB connection retainer -R193- is centre armrest.

installed

the

hsisnagutehodrised

Volkswagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

Special tools and workshop equipment required

Radio release tool -3316-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Open hinged centre armrest completely. Remove memory medium and cables from USB connection
retainer -R193- if fitted. Insert the radio release tool -3316- in the slot -arrow- in the
USB connection retainer -R193- . For greater clarity during the following procedures the USB con- nection retainer -R193- is shown removed.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

88 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Push the radio release tool -3316- apart in direction of -arrow- to flawlessly release the locking mechanism. Use the radio release tools -3316- to pull the USB connection retainer -R193- out of the centre armrest.
Disconnect connector on USB connection retainer -R193- .

On removed USB connection retainer -R193- press spring in direction of -arrow-, pulling out radio release tool -3316- in di- rection of -arrow A-.
Installing Insert USB connection retainer -R193- in centre armrest so
that USB connection is at rear. Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov- al.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

12.3

UnssaeSutchBotriosecrdobynVonlkeswcatgieonnAGr.eVotlaksiwnaegern-ARGd1o9es3no-t gcuoarannt-eeorac

Multi-pin connector, 12-pin

1 - DATA in

2 - DATA clock

3 - Terminal 31

4 - DATA out

5 - Not assigned

6 - Terminal 30

7 - Audio right

8 - Control signal from radio -R-

9 - Audio earth

10 - Audio left

11 - Not assigned

12 - Not assigned

Protected by copyright. Copyi

12.4 Fault finding procedure
Special tools and workshop equipment required Hand multimeter -V.A.G 1526C Auxiliary measuring set -V.A.G 1594CThe USB connection has no self-diagnostic capability. The voltage supply to the connector can be checked. Test conditions USB stick/MP3 player OK Instruction manual

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

89 12. USB connection retainer R193

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Lock OK Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations Radio and radio navigation system no errors Vehicle diag- P roRDncoeeissdmciusoor,nevtneeesUctitSncgBoancnondnencinteofcortriumosnsnaadutrteiheoortrnnaiseeisndayebtsyhrtVe-UoRmlkS1swB9Va3Agc-eSonnA5npG0ea.5cVg1toieolkns8w8raeg.teaninAeGrd-oes not guaranteeorac R193- . Switch on the radio -R- . Using hand-held multimeter -V.A.G 1526C- and auxiliary ca- bles from auxiliary measuring set -V.A.G 1594C- measure voltage between contacts 3 and 6, as well as 3 and 8 of con- nector to wiring harness. Specification: approx. 12 V Switch off the radio -R- . Voltage values not OK: Check wiring/connections between radio -R- unit and USB connection retainer -R193- referring to current flow diagram Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting lo- cations. Voltage values OK: Renew USB connection retainer -R193- .
90 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

CsosanuthnoreisecdbtyioVonGlksowflofagVreanerAiaxGn.tVeto2rlk0ns0wa7aglean A,uGGddooiolefsVnsoatorgiauuanrrat-n2te0eo1r0acCom, mJeutntaic2a0ti0o5n

, Jetta - Edition

2011 04.2010

ces -R199-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Note
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the communi- cation systems Instruction manual .
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron- ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .
The connection for external audio sources -R199- is provided in the form of a 3.5 mm jack socket. Location of connection for external audio sources -R199- up to model year 2008 The connection for external audio sources -R199- is installed in the glove compartment in place of the glove compartment light W6- .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Location of connection for external audio sources -R199- -2- from model year 2009 The connection for external audio sources -R199- -2- is installed in the centre console.

Installation location of connection for external audio sources R199- -1- from model year 2011 The connection for external audio sources -R199- -1- is installed in storage compartment of centre console.

91 13. Connection for external audio sources R199

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Installation location of connection for external audio sources R199- for RNS 310/RNS 315. The connection for external audio sources -R199- -1- is installed in the device. The connection is at the bottom right on the front. The connection for external audio sources -R199- works with the radio/radio-navigation system where the "AUX" source can be selected. On the connection for external audio sources -R199- , the audio signals (generally the headphone output signals) of MP3 players as well as portable CD and cassette players can be fed into the radio/radio-navigation system with a corresponding connection. These can then be played via the vehicle loudspeakers. For further information, see Instruction manual .
13.1 Connector for connection for external audio sources -R199-
Multi-pin connector, 3-pin 1 - Audio signal, right 2 - Audio earth 3 - Audio signal, right

13.2 13.2.1

Removing and installing connection for

external audio
Removing and compartment

sinosutraclelsisnsaugt-hoRrfisr1eod9mby9V/-oinlkswgalgoenvAeG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

Special tools and workshop equipment required

Pin -T40011-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Removing Open the glove compartment lid.
92 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Push the pin -T40011- into the opening provided -arrow- until it audibly engages.
Unclip the connection for external audio sources -R199- from IInnssttRtaahellellialnegtgialoosnveeisscscaocuontahmnorrreipsieecaddtrobtymorVuaeotnlnkidsntwtdarreigimsevcneouArnssGine.nVegoocrlatkd.sewsrmagoaefnllrAesGmcrdoeovewsadnl.oritvgeuarr.antee or ac
13.2.2 Removing and installing centre console
Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -VAS 3409-
Removal Remove centre console General body repairs, interior; Rep.
Gr. 68 . Press clips -arrows- on connection for external audio sources
-R199- using wedge -3409- and push out connection for ex- ternal audio sources -R199- .
Release connector -arrows-) and disconnect. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
93 13. Connection for external audio sources R199

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

13.2.3 Removing and installing from/in storage

compartment in centre console

Carefully -arrows-.

lever

gear

lever

gaiter

osustauothforciseednbtyreVoclkosnwsagoelen AG.

Volkswagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

Remove securing bolts -arrows-. Take stowage compartment out of centre console.

Release connectors -arrows-) and disconnect.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Press clips -arrows- on connection for external audio sources -R199- using wedge -3409- and push out connection for ex- ternal audio sources -R199- .
Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

94 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

MultimediaGocslsofaVunthaotrrriisaoednlbtyu2V0nol0kis7tw-aJge6,nGA5Go0.lVf-oVlkasrwiaanget n2A0G1d0oCeos nmo, tmJgeuuatntraainct2eae0toi0or a5nc

, Jetta - Edition

2011 04.2010

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

14.1 General notes
Thanks to the multimedia system control unit -J650- analogue (via AUX-IN entry) as well as digital (via USB or iPod entry) audio contents can be played via the radio or the radio navigation sys- tem. Units connected via USB or iPod connections can also be operated via the radio/radio navigation system. ID3-TAG and ti- tles also appear on the radio or radio/navigation system display.
Note Since the display capability of ID3 tags and titles on the radio or radio/navigation system display depends on the "characteristics" of the audio files used, refer to the owner's manual of the radio unit or radio/navigation system and to the owner's manual of your MP3 player or iPod. The multimedia system control unit -J650- provides an audio input (AUX-IN), an USB input, and an iPod connection (power supply, signal and AUDIO-IN) as an interface. To connect the mobile unit to the USB or iPod interface of the multimedia control unit -J650- , a relevant specific adapter cable is used. A storage compartment for the mobile unit is integrated into the multimedia control unit J650- . Charging is possible via USB or iPod connection.
Note If no 1DIN slot is available in the vehicle, the multimedia system control unit -J650- can also be installed separately. The user can although have access to the universal interface (Mitsumi socket) via a Mitsumi-Mitsumi extension. For this purpose, the Mitsumi socket must be integrated in the inside of the vehicle. Line length of Mitsumi-Mitsumi extension must not exceed 1500 mm.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

95 14. Multimedia control unit J650

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
14.2 Overview of multimedia control unit -J650-

1 - Loudspeaker system 2 - Radio -R- / control unit with display for radio and naviga- tion -J5033 - Multifunction steering wheel 4 - CAN bus 5 - LF wire
Connection for external audio sources -R199-
6 - Connection for external au- dio sources -R199-
Further information page 91
7 - Input devices MP3 player Data sticks iPod player
8 - Adapter line Depending on the de- vice to be connected
9 - Multimedia system control unit -J650-
Removing and installing page 96
10 - Voltage supply connection 11 - LF wire
Multimedia system con- trol unit -J650- to radio/ RNS

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

Protected by copyright. Copyi

14.3 Removing and installing multimedia sys- tem control unit -J650-
The multimedia control unit -J650- is installed in centre console or glove compartment.
14.3.1 Removing and installing multimedia sys- tem control unit -J650- (centre console)
Special tools and workshop equipment required

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

96 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Radio release tool -T10057-

Removal Remove devices connected to the multimedia system control
unit -J650- . Place radio release tools -VAS 3316- into the slots provided
on left and front side of the multimedia system control unit J650- -1- until they audibly engage. Pull multimedia system control unit -J650- -1- upwards out of centre console -2- using radio release tools -T10057- .

UPmpurneelcldsilniisapglscooyocusnkttinenraemgdcsctiscooaliourprtnhe-ootalrreinrsorealodmsubweyun-Vlitttoaoiml-knoJsdlew6-da5rVgie0aAem-nSs.AoyGv3se.3tVe1com6olk-nscwanoatengtcthertnoeoAlrsGu-aAndmoi-teeos-Jnnt6oimtm5g0euua-.lrta,i-ntee or ac

Installing

Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

14.3.2

Removing and installing multimedia sys- tem control unit -J650- (glove compart- ment)

Removal

Remove devices connected to the multimedia system control unit -J650- .

Remove glove compartment General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 68 .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

97 14. Multimedia control unit J650

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Release connector -2- by unscrewing bolt -5-. Remove bolt -4- from the inside. Push multimedia control unit -J650- -3- together with connec- tor -2- towards the rear out of glove compartment -1-. Remove connector -2- at multimedia control unit -J650- -3-. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
14.4 Coding multimedia control unit -J650-
Special tools and workshop equipment required Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Procedure In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select "Guided fault finding". Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Multimedia control unit Multimedia control unit functions Coding multimedia control unit
14.5 Multimedia control unit -J650- final con- trol diagnosis
Special tools and workshop equipment required
98 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-

Procedure

In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- , select "Guided fault finding".

Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol- lowing menu options in succession:

Body

Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable Multimedia control unit

systemsssauthorised by

Volkswagen AG.

Volkswagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

Multimedia control unit functions

Left and right audio channel final control diagnosis

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

99 14. Multimedia control unit J650

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

GCoomlf mVaurniaicnatt2io0n0-7Edi,tioGnosl0fs4aVu.t2aho0rrii1ase0ndtby2V0o1lk0swage,nJAeGtt.aVo2lk0s0w5agen A, GJedotteas n2o0t g1u1aranteeorac

Amplifier -R12-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Note
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the communi- cation systems Instruction manual .
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system VAS 5051.
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron- ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .
15.1 General description
Amplifier -R12- view Amplifier -R12- serves to extend sound of radio/RNS. Amplifier -R12- is designed in 8-channel technology. Signal input activation on amplifier -R12- is carried out via loud- speaker outputs of radio/RNS. Amplifier -R12- is installed under left front seat.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

15.1.1 Fault finding
Amplifier -R12- is equipped with self-diagnosis. For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.
15.2 Removing and installing amplifier -R12-
Amplifier -R12- is installed under left front seat. Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Move front left seat to the very back and the highest position. Unclip cover -arrow- under seat.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

100 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Unscrew bolts -arrows- (6 Nm) on amplifier -R12- . Remove amplifier -R12- until connectors are accessible.

Release connectors -arrows- on amplifier -R12- and discon- nect them.
Remove amplifier -R12- . Installing Make sure that amplifier -R12- is correctly pushed into fold on
mounting when installing it. Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov- al.

15.3 Amplifier -R12- connectors

15.3.1 Amplifier -R12- with 23/24-pin connector

Amplifier -R121 - Multi-pin connector 2 - Multi-pin connector

B, A,

23-pin 24-pinss

authorised

Volkswagen AG.

Volkswagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

101 15. Amplifier R12

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Multi-pin connector A, 24-pin

1 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- (+)

2 - Rear right bass loudspeaker -R17- (-)

3 - Rear right bass loudspeaker -R17- (-)

4 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- (+)

5 - Rear right treble loudspeaker -R16- (-)

6 - Rear right treble loudspeaker -R16- (+)

7 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- (-)

8 9 10 -

Front Front Rear

left left left

bass bass bass

loudspeaker loudspeaker loudspeaker

-R21- (-) --RR1251-s-s(a(-u+)th)orised

Volkswagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

11 - Front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104- (-)

12 - Front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104- (-)

13 - Not assigned

14 - Signal input rear left (-)

15 - Signal input rear left (+)

16 - Not assigned

17 - Signal input rear right (-)

18 - Signal input rear right (+)

19 - Control in (optional)

20 - Signal input front left (-)

21 - Signal input front left (+)

22 - Not assigned

23 - Signal input front right (-)

24 - Signal input front right (+)

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

102 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Multi-pin connector B, 23-pin

1 - CAN bus (low)

2 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- (-)

3 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- (+)

4 - CAN bus (high)

5 - Not assigned

6 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- (-)

7 - Not assigned

8 - Not assigned

9 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- (+)

10 11 12 13 -

NFFNrroooottnnaatt ssrrsssiisggaiigguhhtnnhttoeebbrisddaaessd bssyllVooouulkddswssappgeeeaankkAeeGrr.

Volkswagen
-R23- (+)
-R23- (+)

does

not

guarantee

14 - Not assigned

15 - Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- (+)

16 - Terminal 31

17 - Not assigned

18 - Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- (-)

19 - Terminal 31

20 - Terminal 30

21 - Terminal 30

22 - Terminal 31

23 - Terminal 30

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

15.3.2 Amplifier -R12- with 38-pin connector
Amplifier -R121 - Multi-pin connector, 38-pin

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

103 15. Amplifier R12

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Multi-pin connector, 38-pin

1 - Terminal 31

2 - Terminal 30

3 - Front right bass loudspeaker -R23- (-)

4 - Not assigned

5 - Not assigned

6 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- (-)

7 - Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- (-)

8 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- (+)

9 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- (+)

10 - Rear right bass loudspeaker -R17- (-)

11 - Front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104- (-)

12 - Front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104- (+)

13 14 15 -

Front Front Front

llreeigfftthmmt biidda--srrsaannslsoggauueetdhollsooripsuueedddabssykppVeeeoraalk-kksRwee2arrg3--eRR-n(11A+00G)33. V--o((l+-k)s)wagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

16 - Not assigned

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

17 - Not assigned

18 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- (+)

19 - Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- (+)

20 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- (-)

21 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- (-)

22 - Rear right bass loudspeaker -R17- (+)

23 - CAN bus (low)

24 - Not assigned

25 - Not assigned

26 - Not assigned

27 - Signal input rear left (-)

28 - Signal input rear right (-)

29 - Signal input front left (-)

Protected by copyright. Copyi

30 - Signal input front right (-)

31 - CAN bus (high)

32 - Not assigned

33 - Not assigned

34 - Not assigned

35 - Signal input rear left (+)

36 - Signal input rear right (+)

37 - Signal input front left (+)

38 - Signal input front right (+)

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

104 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
1Sp5eV.c4eiahlictoleoldsiRuaagenendsaowsdtoiicnr,kgstehsaotsmpisnageuptqhalouirnfiisipdeedmibrnyef-VonRortlmkr1sewa2qatiug-oeinrmneAsdeGys.aVtesolmkusrw-eVagdAeSnvAaGld-oesnot guaranteeorac
5051B-
Procedure In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select "Guided fault finding". Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding sound system Sound system functions Sound system measured values
105 15. Amplifier R12

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Loudspeaker systems

In conjunction with all radios/radio-navigation systems, the front loudspeaker system consists of a 3-way system with one bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker in the left and right front doors and one treble loudspeaker in the left and right front A-pillar trims. Depending on the version, the front loudspeakers of the 3way system are connected with a frequency switch.

Depending on the equipment, a two-way system with a bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker is installed in each of the rear doors.

All loudspeakers are passive loudspeakers.

16.1 Overview of loudspeaker systems

4 loudspeaker system

1 - Radio -R2 - Front right treble loud- speaker -R22- / front left treble loudspeaker -R20- in front doors/A-pillars. 3 - Front right bass loudspeak- er -R23- / front left bass loud- speaker -R21-

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

6 loudspeaker system
106 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
1 - Radio -R2 - Front right treble loud- sld3esopporu-eeo-dFRaarsrsskk2osp/eea3Aneurr-tt-ahp--o/rkRRriifigleslr22eahord21rtn-bs--Rbyt./Va2lefos0rflokst-snbwilnotaaulgsefrdesfontsnlAtportGeeu.abdVkl-oe-lkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac 4 - Front right mid-range loud- speaker -R104- / front left midrange loudspeaker -R103-
8 loudspeaker system
107 16. Loudspeaker systems

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 1 - Radio -R2 - Front right treble loud- speaker -R22- / front left treble loudspeaker -R20- in front doors/A-pillars. 3 - Front right bass loudspeak- er -R23- / front left bass loud- speaker -R214 - Rear right bass loudspeak- er -R17- / rear left bass loud- speaker -R155 - Rear right treble loudspeak- er -R16- / rear left treble loud- speaker -R14-
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
10 loudspeaker system
108 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
1 - Radio -R2 - Front right treble loud- speaker -R22- / front left treble loudspeaker -R20- in front doors/A-pillars. 3 - Front right bass loudspeak- er -R23- / front left bass loud- speaker -R214 - Right frequency switch R19- / left frequency switch R18- in the front doors 5 - Front right mid-range loud- speaker -R104- / front left midrange loudspeaker -R1036 - Rear right bass loudspeak- er -R17- / rear left bass loud- speaker -R157 - Rear right treble loudspeak- er -R16- / rear left treble loud- speaker -R14-
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
DSP loudspeaker system
109 16. Loudspeaker systems

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011

Communication - Edition 04.2010

1 - Radio -R2 - Front right treble loud- speaker -R22- / front left treble loudspeaker -R20- in front

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

doors/A-pillars.

3 - Front right bass loudspeak- er -R23- / front left bass loud- speaker -R21-

4 - Front right mid-range loud- speaker -R104- / front left midrange loudspeaker -R103-

5 - Rear right bass loudspeak- er -R17- / rear left bass loud- speaker -R15-

6 - Rear right treble loudspeak- er -R16- / rear left treble loud- speaker -R14-

7 - Amplifier -R12- under left front seat

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

16.2 Removing and installing front bass loud- speakers
Removal and installation is performed in the same manner on the left and right sides. Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove front door trim General body repairs, interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
110 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Release locking mechanism on connector -arrows- and dis- connect connector.
Drill out rivets -arrows- using suitable drill bit and remove loud- speaker. Note
It is essential that all swarf be removed from the door because otherwise corrosion damage will occur.
Immediately rectify any damage to paintwork caused when drilling out rivets.
Installing When installing new loudspeaker, secure with special pop riv-
ets (note part number!) Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov- al.
16.3 Removing and installing rear bass loud- speakers
RlReeeftmmSawoonvvditaicnrlhiggaohnftdfsiignidsnsseatiutasitho.lloanristiaeodnnbdyiVsaoplllkesewrlfeaogcretmnriAceGadl. iVcnootlknhssewuasmgaemenrAesGmadnoaednsnrneoetmrgouoanvraetnhteee or ac ignition key.
Remove rear door trim General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
Release locking mechanism on connector -arrows- and dis- connect connector.
111 16. Loudspeaker systems

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Drill out rivets -arrows- using suitable drill bit and remove loud- speaker.

Note
It is essential that all swarf be removed from the door because otherwise corrosion damage will occur.
Immediately rectify any damage to paintwork caused when drilling out rivets.

Installing When installing new loudspeaker, secure with special pop riv-
ets (note part number!) Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov- al.

16.4 Removing and installing front mid-range loudspeakers

The front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104- / front left midrange loudspeaker -R103- are secured to the door trim from the rear.

Removal and installation is performed in the same manner on the left and right sides.

Removing

SRiRGgweenr.lmiiettic7aooh0snveeo.kflefforyoicg.nkntinitdigoonomraetnrcidhmaanllissesGmlaeuetchonotnerriisrcecaadolblnbycnVoooednlckysstwuoreamrgp-eeaanrrisrArsoGa,w.niVnsdot-elkrarseinwomdar;godeRvnieseA-pG.does not guaranteeorac

connect connector.

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) and take loudspeaker off. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

112 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
16.5 Removing and installing front treble loudspeakers
The front right treble loudspeaker -R22- / front left treble loud- speaker -R20- are installed in mirror triangular plate trims or in the left and right A-pillars. Removing and installing loudspeakers in mirror triangular
plate trims page 113 Removing and installing loudspeakers in A-pillars
page 114
16.5.1 Removing and installing loudspeakers in mirror triangular plate trims
The front right treble loudspeaker -R22- / front left treble loud- sfRlerpoefetnmaat okndvedoarorl-irgRashn.2td0s-inidaserteas.lilnastitoanlleisdpinermfoirrmroesrsdtaruiitnahontrihsgeeudlbsayarVmoplkleaswtmeaagterninmnAeGirn.oVbnoolktthshweagen AG does not guaranteeorac Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove front door trim General body repairs, interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 . Disconnect connector -arrows- in wiring to loudspeaker
-arrows-.
Remove bolt -arrow-. Unclip trim together with the loudspeaker.
113 16. Loudspeaker systems

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

If the plastic clip -arrow- is still on trim panel after removing, take it off and fit it in the appropriate position in the door.

Otherwise the mirror triangular plate trim cannot be refitted cor- rectly.

The loudspeaker can only be fitted in conjunction with mirror tri- angular plate trim.

Installing

Installation

carried

out

reverse

order

removal.
ss authorised

Volkswagen

AG. Volkswagen

AG does not

guarantee or ac

16.5.2 Removing and installing loudspeakers

in A-pillars

Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- / front left treble loudspeaker -R20- are installed in A-pillars.

Removal and installation is performed in the same manner on the left and right sides.

Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- / front left treble loudspeaker -R20- are permanently connected to the trims of the A-pillars and cannot be replaced individually. In the event of a defect, the Apillar trim must be replaced.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Note
Note trim colour number when ordering spare part.
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove the A-pillar trim General body repairs, interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 . Release and disconnect connector -arrow- at A-pillar. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

Note Note trim colour number when ordering spare part.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

16.6 Removing and installing rear treble loudspeakers
The rear right treble loudspeaker -R16- / rear left treble loud- speaker -R14- are secured to the door trim from the rear. The treble loudspeaker and the loudspeaker trim plate form one component. Removal and installation is performed in the same manner on the left and right sides.
114 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove rear door trim General body repairs, interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 . Release locking mechanism on connector -arrows- and dis-
connect connector.

Cut off the welded plastic nipples on loudspeaker trim -arrows-.
Remove trim plate and loudspeaker together from door panel trim
Installing Fit loudspeaker trim plate together with loudspeaker into door
trim panel.

Weld plastic nipples -arrows- with a soldering iron.

Remainder al.

installation

carriesds aoutuhotriisnedrbeyvVeorlkssewaogredneArGo. fVroelkmswoavg-en

does

not

guarantee

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

16.7 Removing and installing frequency switch
The left frequency switch -R18- / right frequency switch -R19- are installed in the door trims between the front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23- and driver door control unit -J386- / front passenger door control unit -J387- . Removal and installation is performed in the same manner on the left and right sides. Removal Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

115 16. Loudspeaker systems

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Remove front door trim General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 . Detach connector -1- from frequency switch -2-. Remove bolts -3- (1.5 Nm) and remove frequency switch. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
116 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Satellite radio -R146-

17.1 General notes
Depending on which vehicle radio or radio navigation system is installed, the installation of a satellite radio -R146- may extend the reception to radio satellite programmes (XM/Sirius). The radio satellite programmes are limited to North America. When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to know the functions of and how to operate the radio/radio-navigation system and the satellite radio -R146- Operating instructions . To operate the satellite radio -R146- there is installed satellite tu- ner aerial -R172- on the rear of the roof. The satellite radio -R146- is installed under the rear shelf in the luggage compartment (saloon). In the Variant, the satellite radio -R146- is installed under the right front seat. As of MY2010, the satellite radio -R146- is integrated into the rel- evant radio/radio-navigation system.

Note

In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system VAS 5051.

When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to

check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron-

ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.

27 workshop manual and/or the
17.1.1 Fault finding
The satellite radio -R146- is equipped

instruction manual . with self-diagnsossauisth.orisedby

Volkswagen AG.

Volkswagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

17.2 Removing and installing satellite radio R146- (saloon)

The satellite radio -R146- is located under the rear shelf.

Removing

Remove rear shelf General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 68 .

Remove 4 bolts -arrows- (4 Nm).

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

117 17. Satellite radio R146

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Remove connectors -arrows- on satellite radio -R146- . Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

17.3 Removing and installing satellite radio -

R146- (Variant)

TR heemSsloiadvteienlrgliigtehtrsasfradouitnhootr-issReed1ab4yt6Vco-olkivssewlroagcoeaunttAeiGdn.

Volkswagen
under the
-direction

AriGgdhotefsrnoont tgusaeraantte.e of arrow-.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Disconnect connectors -A- and remove the four screws -arrows-.
Remove satellite radio -R146- together with retainer.
Remove bolts -arrows-, counterhold nuts under retainer, oth- erwise these will also turn.
Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

118 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
17.4 Satellite radio -R146- connectors
Connectors A - 8-pin connector B - 8-pin connector C - TER connection (brown) of satellite tuner aerial -R172- (up to model year 2006) D - Connection SAT (green) of satellite tuner aerial -R172-

Connector A, 8-pin

1 2 3 -

CCNsAAos atNNutahobbsrsiuuseissgdnb((hlyeoVidgwohl)ks)wagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

4 - Not assigned

5 - Signal earth to radio -R-

6 - Signal left to radio -R-

7 - Signal right to radio -R-

8 - Not assigned

Connector B, 8-pin 1 - Terminal 31 2 - Terminal 30

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

17.5 Activating satellite radio -R146-
Special tools and workshop equipment required Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-

Procedure In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select "Guided fault finding".

119 17. Satellite radio R146

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol- lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Digital radio tuner Digital radio tuner functions Digital radio tuner activation
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
120 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011

18
Radio

Radio navigation
navigation system RNS 300

system

"RNSss au3tho0ris0ed"by

VolkswCagoemn AmGu. Vnoiclkaswtioagnen-

Edition 04.2010
AG does not guarantee

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Note
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the communi- cation systems Instruction manual .
The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code, deactivating anti-theft coding page 128 .
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system VAS 5051 use "Guided fault finding" mode.
For perfect operation of the navigation system, the turn angle sensor in the unit has to be adjusted according to the instal- lation position of the unit in the vehicle. Therefore, always note the part number when exchanging equipment. Incorrect in- stallation could lead to a malfunction in the navigation system.
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron- ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .
The use of magnetic-base aerials may lead to permanent magnetisation of the vehicle roof, resulting in a malfunction in the compass module. If confronted with complaints about in- accurate or incorrect directional indication of the compass module, ask the customer if a magnetic-base aerial has been used before carrying out any repair work.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

18.1 General description
The "RNS 300" combines the functions of a navigation system with those of a high-quality RDS radio. The following is installed in the double DIN housing of the "RNS 300": An RDS radio A 5.8-inch monochrome display A navigation system with GPS satellite receiver A CD drive for the audio and navigation system The "RNS 300" has 4 loudspeaker outputs. The CD drive can read the CD-ROM for the navigation and can also play audio CDs. Whilst an audio CD is playing, only restricted operation of the navigation system is possible. The following formats cannot be played: CD with diameter of 8 cm "Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files) MP3 To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer -R41- and a telephone. The aerial used is the aerial system in the rear window for the radio -R- and the navigation system aerial -R50- on the rear win-

18. 121

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
dow (saloon). In the Variant, the aerials are located in the roof aerial. The aerial version comes without "diversity function".
18.1.1 Fault finding
The "RNS" is self-diagnosing. For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.
18.2 Overview of radio navigation system "RNS 300"

1 - Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503-
Connectors page 126
Removing and installing page 123

2 - CD changer -R41 Optional In centre console CD changer -R41 page 79

3 - Aerial -R11 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 . Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .
4 - GPS aerial -R50 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 . Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

5 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loud- speaker -R16-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims.
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

6 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loud- speaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims.
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

7 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

Protected by copyright. Copyi

8 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

9 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22 Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

122 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

18.3

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-

Note

The part number for the radio/navigation system is printed on aIttfhhsteehtfietccuskryseastrdotieomomnentramhoveufigsrtaaht dtebioieonn/densewsasyaavsurciattghteoidavrmiitsaoieotdiecsnbdoyrs,dVeyoepslk.ltapsewcamaeggdeeh,no1tAuh2Gse8.iVn.eogPlelk.lcsewtaraosgneeincinAafGondrtmoi-esnot guaranteeorac

If the radio code is not known, it can be requested via the es-

tablished systems. You need the identification number of the

radio navigation system in order to make the request. It is lo-

cated on a sticker on the side of the radio-navigation system.

In addition, the identification number is also stamped into the

material of the side wall of the radio navigation system.

If a radio navigation unit from one vehicle is fitted into another vehicle, it is essential that the part number of the replacement unit is the same as that of the unit previously installed. Other- wise faults will occur with the navigation because the turn angle sensor setting in the radio navigation system will not be compatible with the vehicle.

Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Removing Take CD out of the unit Operating manual . Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con- sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Gr. 68 .

18. 123

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

Cwaerdegfeuslsl-ya3u4tlhe0ovr9ise-erd-boayurVrtooclwkosswv-aegarenondfAGctae. Vkneotrlkeistwcoaofgfn.esnoAlGeduoessinngot greuamraonteveaolrac

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Pull control unit with display unit for radio navigation -J503- out
of installation aperture sufficiently to gain access to the con- nectors on the rear.
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of -arrows-.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

124 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon- nect connector.
InstRFsraeyieltclsilceneteopgamntssisnoea-enu2ttchh--ot1eroais-rnecsaddonbonyddnnVisfoecrlckocoostmnwontarnrtsgoheelfencrutoAanGtmehi.treVitwahmolliekt.chsaowdenaigrnsieaepnlclAactGiyoodnnfoonefroesrnrcaottdithogieonuanarfaoannrtvdeiergaonardaatciviooi-n gation -J503- .
Push control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503straight into dash panel. Note
When inserting the control unit with display for radio and naviga- tion -J503- never press against the display or operating buttons, as otherwise the control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503- could become damaged. Fit the control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Install centre console cover. Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 128 . Check coding of control unit with display for radio and naviga-
tion -J503- and recode it page 129 .
18. 125

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
18.4 "RNS 300" connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 126

2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment page 127

3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 127

4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment page 127

5 - Aerial connection naviga- tion system aerial -R50-

Connector colour, blue

GPS

Aerial system, saloon page 171 .

Aerial system, Variant page 179 .
6R1-1A-erCiaol ncnoencnteocrtcioonloauer,riwalh-itsesauthorised

Volkswagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

AM/FM

Aerial system, saloon page 171 .

Aerial system, Variant page 179 .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

18.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak- er outputs
1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+) 2 - Front right loudspeaker (+) 3 - Front left loudspeaker (+) 4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+) 5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-) 6 - Front right loudspeaker (-) 7 - Front left loudspeaker (-) 8 - Rear left loudspeaker (-)

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

126 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
18.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
9 - CAN bus (high) 10 - CAN bus (low) 11 - Telephone mute 12 - Terminal 31 13 - S-contact 14 - ATA terminal 30 (optional) 15 - Terminal 30 16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30
18.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone
1-5 - Not assigned 6 - Telephone LF input signal (-) 7-11 - Not assigned 12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

18.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD changer -R41-

1 2 3 4 -

Not assigned ANTeuordtmiaoisnesaiaglr3nth0edftroomCDCcDhcahnagnegr e-Rr -4R14-s1s-authorised

Volkswagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

5 - Not assigned

6 - CD data out to CD changer -R41-

7 - Not assigned

8 - Audio left from CD changer -R41-

9 - Audio right from CD changer -R41-

10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-

11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-

12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

18.5 Electronic anti-theft coding
The radio navigation system is equipped with an electronic antitheft system which works in combination with the dash panel insert. After disconnection of the radio-navigation system's voltage sup- ply, the system becomes operational again when the supply voltage is reconnected without the need to enter the radio code again. The prerequisite is that initial activation of the anti-theft coding has been performed and the radio navigation system is reconnected in the same vehicle.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

18. 127

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011

Communication - Edition 04.2010
1Ainf8ttee.rr5nta.h1leraindiitoiaFcl ouadcnetcivitsaiotsiotnonraeoldfntihnoettheeelsercatdroion-incaavnigtia-tthioenftssyysssstaetuemthmorai,senaddnbyinVolkswagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

the dash panel insert. If the voltage supply for the radio-navigation

system is cut off due to installation work, an exchange of data

between the radio-navigation system and the dash panel insert

takes place when the supply voltage is reconnected.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

When this is done, the internal radio code of the radio-navigation system is compared to the code in the dash panel insert. If the code numbers are identical, the dash panel insert accepts that the connected radio navigation system belongs to the vehicle. The radio-navigation system is then immediately operational with- out the need to enter the radio code again.

If the radio navigation system is replaced, the new radio code must be entered.

Deactivating anti-theft coding page 128

Then after switching on the "S contact" via the ignition lock the code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert and the radio navigation system.

The comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. During this period no diagnostic unit may be connected.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Even after disconnection and reconnection of the voltage supply, the radio-navigation system of this vehicle will now be operational without the need to enter the radio code again.

The electronic anti-theft system is switched on and blocks the ra- dio navigation system when:

The radio navigation system is installed in another vehicle or

The dash panel insert is changed.

A radio navigation system which has been locked by the elec- tronic anti-theft system is shown when "SAFE" and "1000" ap- pears in the display when switching the system on.

Deactivate the anti-theft coding to release the unit lock page 128 .

18.5.2 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding

A locked radio-navigation system will only work again if the correct radio code for the electronic anti-theft coding system is entered.

128 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Next to the four function buttons, the display shows the position of the radio code to be entered with an "X".

Enter the code on the radio card in the correct sequence, using

the four function buttons indicated. Press the relevant function

button as many times as necessary until the correct number

is shown in the centre of the display.

Tuenrhaiettniinspgtrhseetsansterteh. aedfuyntoctoiopnebrauttetoangnaeinxtatnodthsewwistcsoahrudtehos"rEisteoNdTibtysEVRloalk"ss.twToahgpee-n AG. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac

Note

If you enter an incorrect radio code to deactivate the electronic lock, "SAFE" first flashes in the display, followed by "1000" again. The entire process can now be repeated again. The number of attempts is shown in the display. If an incorrect radio code is en- tered again, the radio-navigation system will be blocked for ap- prox. one hour, i.e. it cannot be operated. This lock is indicated by the fact that "SAFE" is permanently shown in the display. The process of deactivating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio-navigation system will be blocked for one hour.

18.6 Adapting radio components "RNS 300"
Special tools and workshop equipment required Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Procedure In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select "Guided fault finding". Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio/navigation system Radio/navigation system functions

18. 129

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio navigation system "RNS 310"

Radio navigation system RNS 310

Note
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the communi- cation systems Instruction manual .
The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code page 137 . In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system VAS 5051. For perfect operation of the navigation system, the turn angle
sensor in the unit has to be adjusted according to the instal- lation position of the unit in the vehicle. Therefore, always note the part number when exchanging equipment. Incorrect in- stallation could lead to a malfunction in the navigation system. When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron- ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual . Tmtamhchaoecegducnuuroaelsemtete,ispaoaaosftsrkimosintnahmcgeooonfrcdreteuhutciselcett-o.vdbmeIiafrhesecieccrotlnieiafofearrnooraimnoaltflasies,nsgdardmuentiwhsceaouaitrytiislthcteilio-ednbcnbagoaydomsVinofetpoltkaahlsapweemienarcgiartamseollfnmuaahAnbnapGcoesa.tVunsibootstenliknesi-wnnagen AGdoesnot guaranteeorac used before carrying out any repair work.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

19.1 General description
The "RNS 310" combines the functions of a navigation system with those of a high-quality RDS radio. It is a further development of "RNS 300". The following is installed in the double DIN housing of the "RNS 310": An RDS radio A 5.8-inch monochrome display A navigation system with GPS satellite receiver A CD drive for the audio and navigation system The "RNS 310" has 4 loudspeaker outputs. The CD drive can read the CD-ROM for the navigation and play audio CDs. Whilst an audio CD is playing, only restricted opera- tion of the navigation system is possible. The following formats cannot be played: CD with diameter of 8 cm "Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files) MP3 To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer -R41- and a telephone. The aerial used is the aerial system in the rear window for the radio -R- and the navigation system aerial -R50- (saloon). In the Variant, the GPS aerials -R50- are located in the roof aerial.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

130 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
19.1.1 Fault finding
The radio navigation system is equipped with self-diagnosis. For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.
19.2 Overview of radio navigation system "RNS 310"
1 - Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503-
Connectors page 135
Removing and installing page 132
2 - CD changer -R41 Optional In centre console CD changer -R41 page 79
3 - Multimedia system control unit -J650-
Optional In centre console Multimedia system con-
trol unit -J650 page 95 4dio-CsoounICanrnuocecdenceisnotnieso-tssRcrnaoeut1itufhoo9cornrocr9isen-efeodssxrbot-yeeRlVerxon1tlka9esl9rwna-aaugle-n AG. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac page 91 5 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2 -R93 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 . Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 . 6 - GPS aerial -R50 On the rear window (sa- loon) Roof aerial (Variant) Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 . Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 . 7 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16 Installed in the rear left and right door trims. Loudspeaker systems page 106 . 8 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17 Installed in the rear left and right door trims. Loudspeaker systems page 106 . 9 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
19. 131

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

GCoomlf mVaurniaicnatt2io0n0-7Edi,tioGnol0fs4Vs.a2aut0hrio1aris0netd2by0V1o0lkswag,eJneAtGta. V2o0lk0s5wagen, AJGetdtoaes2n0o1t g1uaranteeorac 10 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-
Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 . 11 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22 Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
19.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
Note The part number for the radio/navigation system is printed on
a sticker on the radio/navigation system housing. If the radio navigation system is replaced, the electronic anti-
theft system must be deactivated, page 137 . Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-
Removing Take CD out of the unit Operating manual . Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con- sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Gr. 68 . Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).
132 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

Pull control unit with display unit for radio navigation -J503- out

of installation aperture nectors on the rear.

sufficiently

gaisns aautchocriesesdsbytoVotlkhsewacgoenn-AG.

Volkswagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of -arrows-.

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon- nect connector.

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

19. 133

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis- connect connectors. Installing Fit connectors on control unit with display for radio and navi- gation -J503- . Push control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503straight into dash panel. Note When inserting control unit with display for radio and navigation J503- never press against the display or operating buttons, as otherwise the control unit with display for radio and navigation J503- could become damaged. Fit the control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Install centre console cover. Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 137 . Check coding of control unit with display for radio and naviga- tion -J503- and recode it page 138 .
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
134 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

19.4

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
"RNS 310" connectors

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 136
2CA- MNublsPtusi-aisnpup,thianatoegrsicsleseeodip1ngbh3nnyoV6emnocleektosnwrta2g,e8n-ApGin. V, olkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac 3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 136
4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment page 137
5 - Aerial connection naviga- tion system aerial -R50-
Colour of connector; blue
GPS Aerial system, saloon
page 171 . Aerial system, Variant
page 179 .
6 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white FM2 Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 .
7 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white AM/FM Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

19. 135

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011

Communication - Edition 04.2010

19.4.1
1 - Rear

rigMeshsrtauulotohlotuuriid-stepspdpibuneytVascoklkoesrnw(an+ge)encAtGo. Vro1lks,w8ag-epniAnG,dlooesundotsgupareanateeko-rac

2 - Front right loudspeaker (+)

3 - Front left loudspeaker (+)

4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+)

5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-)

6 - Front right loudspeaker (-)

7 - Front left loudspeaker (-)

8 - Rear left loudspeaker (-)

19.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
9 - CAN bus (high) 10 - CAN bus (low) 11 - Telephone mute 12 - Terminal 31 13 - Not assigned 14 - Not assigned 15 - Terminal 30 16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

19.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone
15 - Not assigned 6 - Telephone LF input signal (-) 711 - Not assigned 12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

136 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
19.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD changer -R41-
1 - Audio input left (+) 2 - Audio input earth 3 - Audio earth from CD changer -R414 - Terminal 30 to CD changer -R415 - Not assigned 6 - CD data out to CD changer -R417 - Audio input right (+) 8 - Audio left from CD changer -R419 - Audio right from CD changer -R4110 - Control signal to CD changer -R4111 - CD data in from CD changer -R4112 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-
19.5 Electronic anti-theft coding
The radio navigation system is equipped with an electronic antitheft system which works in combination with the dash panel insert. After disconnection of the radio-navigation system's voltage sup- ply, the system becomes operational again when the supply voltage is reconnected without the need to enter the radio code again. The prerequisite is that initial activation of the anti-theft coding has been performed and the radio navigation system is reconnected in the same vehicle. The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis, tuhesasevtidengibnNeatoenhtndeedipniasfocsortmnatnaindtiuotenhdes.ysstitcekmer-soVsanAuthSthorei5se0rda5bd1yViBoo--lkn.sawTvahgigeeanrtAaioGdn.ioVsocylkassrtwedamgen AG does not guaranteeorac
In order to find out the radio code, the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connected "online" (network connection), and the user must possess valid rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.
19.5.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
A locked radio-navigation system will only work again if the correct radio code for the electronic anti-theft coding system is entered. Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code: Select "guided fault finding" in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- . Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio/navigation system
19. 137

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Radio/navigation system functions Radio code request Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the VIN and the unit number of the radio or radio-navigation system are then read out automatically. Note When a new radio-navigation system is being installed, it is pos- sible that the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system VAS 5051B- cannot read out the unit number of the radionavigation system. In this case, please enter the unit number mtTveehamhenicuaralanedldldiyoii.sacIgtaoncldsoaeosnidesbem,etteberreosmatsinsdinegsoesdaanduontahinsdorsitstithnheidcefeobknyrremaVsrodhaolkiootnsiwwo-tnanhnageesvonyirngAasaGttdhet.iioemVo-ondnl-kiaVsssvwypAisalgSatgaeey5tmnio0oA.f5nGt1hdsBoeye-ss-.not guaranteeorac The anti-theft code must now be entered manually into the radio navigation system. Deactivating anti-theft coding: Switch on the radio navigation system. The word "SAFE" appears for approx. 10 seconds on the display and then number sequence "1000". Enter the radio code by pressing the corresponding function buttons until the right number sequence appears. After the four-digit radio code has been entered, "OK" appears on the display. Once you have entered the correct radio code, confirm it with the "OK" function button on the display. The unit will be released and is ready for use. Note If the incorrect radio code is entered, it can be immediately cor- rected with a further attempt. If the incorrect radio code is entered twice, the radio-navigation system is blocked for one hour. Leave ignition and radio navigation unit switched on. The process of de- activating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio-navigation system will be blocked for one hour.
19.6 Adapting radio components "RNS 310"
Special tools and workshop equipment required
138 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-

Procedure

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- , select "Guided fault finding".

Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol- lowing menu options in succession:

Body

Electrical system

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems

Corresponding radio/navigation system

Radio/navigation system functions

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

19. 139

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio navigation system "RNS 315"

Radio navigation system RNS 315

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the communi- cation systems Instruction manual .

TItFsneehosnterthsipneaoegnrertfaviien-sentschntdathuettoeihfonotprffuiceosrneoerrdamidptbtiyahianoViatgrnoioslwkuonstosowfseratkybhsgseeeoatnreanAffmdaiaGxjvu.euVVilgdstoAtafleckiStnsodiowdd5naaien0gcsg5ecyn1osA.prtGdeVaimdgneoegh,eistc1thnol3oeet7thgdtuu.eiaarrnigannnatseotneasogrli-aslec,

lation position of the unit in the vehicle. Therefore, always note

the part number when exchanging equipment. Incorrect in-

stallation could lead to a malfunction in the navigation system.

The use of magnetic-base aerials may lead to permanent magnetisation of the vehicle roof, resulting in a malfunction in the compass module. If confronted with complaints about in- accurate or incorrect directional indication of the compass module, ask the customer if a magnetic-base aerial has been used before carrying out any repair work.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

20.1 General description
The "RNS 315" combines the functions of a navigation system with those of a high-quality RDS radio. It is a further development of "RNS 310". The following is installed in the double DIN housing of the "RNS 315": An RDS radio A 5.8-inch monochrome display A navigation system with GPS satellite receiver A CD drive for the audio and navigation system The "RNS 315" has 4 loudspeaker outputs. The CD drive can read the CD-ROM for the navigation and play audio CDs. Whilst an audio CD is playing, only restricted opera- tion of the navigation system is possible. The following formats cannot be played: CD with diameter of 8 cm "Mixed CD" (CD with data and audio files) To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer -R41- and a telephone. The aerial used is the aerial system in the rear window for the radio -R- and the navigation system aerial -R50- in the roof aerial.
20.1.1 Fault finding
The radio navigation system is equipped with self-diagnosis.
140 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.
20.2 Overview of radio navigation system "RNS 315"
1 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loud- speaker -R22-
In mirror triangle/A-pillar on the left and right
Loudspeaker systems 2in-sMtesusealFrrtueiitofnhfuporegrnairfscuwgetdtroehitboheyc1neVeh0orbla6lkui-pnsEttwfte4ooar4rgnme0Msn-aouAtnlGitoi.-lnVe,oftlkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac
function steering wheel page 199 . 3 - Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503 Connectors page 145 Removing and installing page 142 4 - Connection for external au- dio sources -R199 Integrated in front of unit of "RNS 315" For further information, see operating manual of "RNS 315". 5 - Multimedia system control unit -J650 Optional In glove compartment Multimedia system con- trol unit -J650 page 95 6 - GPS aerial -R50 Roof aerial Aerial systems (saloon) model year 2011 page 179 . 7 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2 -R93 Aerial systems (saloon) model year 2011 page 179 . 8 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17 Installed in the rear left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106 9 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106
20. 141

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
20.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
Note The part number for the radio/navigation system is printed on
a sticker on the radio/navigation system housing. If the radio navigation system is replaced, the electronic anti-
theft system must be deactivated, page 137 . Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Removing Take CD out of the unit Operating manual . Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con- sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Gr. 68 . Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).
142 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). Pull control unit with display unit for radio navigation -J503- out
of installation aperture sufficiently to gain access to the con- nectors on the rear.
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of -arrows-.
Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon- nect connector.
20. 143

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Note When inserting control unit with display for radio and navigation J503- never press against the display or operating buttons, as otherwise the control unit with display for radio and navigation J503- could become damaged.

Fit the control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

IDCtnioehsnaetacc-lJtkli5vcc0aeo3tnde-tirntaehgnecdooafrnnecstcooi-onltehdtreeocflotituvcneoirdtp.iwangigtheds1sip3asua8pthglo.areisye1df3oby7rVr.oalkdsiwoaagenndAnGa. Vvoiglkas-wagen AG does not guaranteeorac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

144 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

20.4

Golf Variant 200s7sauthor,isGedoblyfVVolaksrwiaangten2A0G1.0VCoolkms,wmJaeguetntnaiAc2Ga0tdi0ooe5ns n-oEt g,duJiateriaotntntaee02o4r0a.c121010
"RNS 315" connectors

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 145
2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment page 146
3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 146
4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment page 146
5 - Aerial connection naviga- tion system aerial -R50-
GPS Aerial systems in sa-
loons from model year 2011 page 179
6 - Aerial connection FM2 Aerial systems in sa- loons from model year 2011 page 179
7 - Aerial connection AM/FM Aerial systems in sa- loons from model year 2011 page 179

20.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak- er outputs
1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+) 2 - Front right loudspeaker (+) 3 - Front left loudspeaker (+) 4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+) 5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-) 6 - Front right loudspeaker (-) 7 - Front left loudspeaker (-) 8 - Rear left loudspeaker (-)

20. 145

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
20.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone
9 - CAN bus (high) 10 - CAN bus (low) 11 - Telephone mute 12 - Terminal 31 13 - Not assigned 14 - Not assigned 15 - Terminal 30 16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30
20.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone
15 - Not assigned 6 - Telephone LF input signal (-) 711 - Not assigned 12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

20.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD changer -R41-

1 - Audio input left (+)

2 3 4 -

AATeuurddmiiooinienaaplr3uth0t sefstroaaourtmChthoDriCsecDdhbycaVhnoaglknesgwr ea-gRre-4nR1A4-G1. V- olkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac

5 - Not assigned

6 - CD data out to CD changer -R41-

7 - Audio input right (+)

8 - Audio left from CD changer -R41-

9 - Audio right from CD changer -R41-

10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-

11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-

12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

146 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
20.4.5 Aerial connections
1 - Aerial connection (AM/FM) of aerial amplifier 2 -R1112 - Aerial connection (FM2) of aerial amplifier -R243 - Aerial connection (GPS) of navigation system aerial -R50-

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

20.5 Electronic anti-theft coding
The radio navigation system is equipped with an electronic antitheft system which works in combination with the dash panel insert. After disconnection of the radio-navigation system's voltage sup- ply, the system becomes operational again when the supply voltage is reconnected without the need to enter the radio code again. The prerequisite is that initial activation of the anti-theft coding has been performed and the radio navigation system is reconnected in the same vehicle. The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card used in the past and the sticker on the radio-navigation system have been discontinued.

Note Ia"rnoignnhodlitrnsidneetf"oor r(tumnoseafetitwnitodhoneroksupyctrsootthngeenrmaermac-VtdmioiAoenS)cf,oo5ard0ner5de,1qttBhhu-eeemsvuteuisnhsegitrcbrmlaeedudcisoioat ncgpnonoedossscessatesiuest.sh,dostriesvesadtbliinydgVolkswagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

20.5.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
A locked radio-navigation system will only work again if the correct radio code for the electronic anti-theft coding system is entered. Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code: Select "guided fault finding" in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- . Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio/navigation system Radio/navigation system functions Radio code request Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the VIN and the unit number of the radio or radio-navigation system are then read out automatically.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

20. 147

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Note When new radio-navigation systems are being installed, it is pos- mtsVneiaAbamvlSneigua5taanh0tldail5oyti1.nstBIhtsae-yclscsavoatneenehmbnmieco.lbetIrneordeastihasdaeidgsodnoncoouaasntsistessthsth,,aiecuetpetkhulersoenartairsiidntesodigenonbu-yaetnmVhnnaoedtblvkeeisrigrawnratdafhootgiiefoeromnt-nuhnAaneasGtivyit.roVisangnotduaelkismtmosiyo-wb.snategesremynsA--Gdoesnot guaranteeorac The radio code determined is then shown on the display of the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio code must now be entered manually into the radio nav- igation system. Deactivating anti-theft coding: Switch on the radio navigation system. The word "SAFE" appears for approx. 10 seconds on the display and then number sequence "1000". Enter the radio code by pressing the corresponding function
buttons until the right number sequence appears. After the four-digit radio code has been entered, "OK" appears on the display. Once you have entered the correct radio code, confirm it with
the "OK" function button on the display. The unit will be released and is ready for use.
Note If the incorrect radio code is entered, it can be immediately cor- rected with a further attempt. If the incorrect radio code is entered twice, the radio-navigation system is blocked for one hour. Leave ignition and radio navigation unit switched on. The process of de- activating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio-navigation system will be blocked for one hour.
20.6 Adapting radio components "RNS 315"
Special tools and workshop equipment required Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-
Procedure Select "guided fault finding" in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- .
148 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol- lowing menu options in succession:
Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio/navigation system Radio/navigation system functions
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
20. 149

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio/navigation system "RNS MFD 2

DVD"

Radio/navigation system RNS MFD 2 DVD

Note
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the communi- cation systems Instruction manual .
The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code, deactivating anti-theft coding page 158 .
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system VAS 5051 use "Guided fault
fFsltsaihnetotaednirollisppannoaetgpirror"tofinenmnscciutotthoimodoeunebplud.eeonrrlfeaittwahthihdeoaenutsnonotaeioftxtimbhnceehathalanfeundasngvsjvucaieinugsthtightaoioectrnediilsoeqeinnad.ubcTitsyphchyVmoeesorltrenkdeesnaimwfntova.g,irggIetentaho,ncteaAiotolhGtwrnure.eaVrsnciyonytlskassistnntnweao-gaml-tlgee.en AGdoesnot guaranteeorac When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron- ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual . The use of magnetic-base aerials may lead to permanent magnetisation of the vehicle roof, resulting in a malfunction in the compass module. If confronted with complaints about in- accurate or incorrect directional indication of the compass module, ask the customer if a magnetic-base aerial has been used before carrying out any repair work.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Protected by copyright. Copyi

21.1 General description
The "RNS MFD 2 DVD" combines the functions of a navigation system with that of a high quality RDS radio. The following is installed in the double DIN housing of the "RNS MFD 2 DVD": An RDS radio A 6.5-inch colour display as 16:9 format A navigation system with GPS satellite receiver A DVD drive for the navigation system The following loudspeakers are installed with the "RNS MFD 2 DVD": A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble
loudspeaker in each of the front doors. A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the
rear doors. The "RNS MFD 2 DVD" is available in a version with loudspeakers operated via the 4 internal loudspeaker outputs or in a version with amplifier -R12- . In this case, the loudspeakers are connected directly to the amplifier -R12- and the loudspeaker outputs of the radio/navigation system are used for amplifier -R12- signal input.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

150 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Note

Audio CDs can only be played with a separate CD changer R41- .
In connection with the "RNS MFD 2 DVD" a CD changer -R41is always installed in the centre console.

To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer -R41- , TV tuner -R78- , satellite radio -R146- , telephone part of the equipment.

The aerial used is an aerial system in the rear window (saloon) with diversity function and with satellite radio -R146- an additional roof aerial. In the Variant, the aerials are located in the rear right side window and in the roof aerial.

21.1.1 Fault finding

The radio navigation system is equipped with self-diagnosis.

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

21.2 Overview
1 - Amplifier -R12 Optional

radio-navigasstaiuothnorisesdybysVtoelkmswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac

Under left front seat

Amplifier -R12 page 100 .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

2 - CD changer -R41 Optional In centre console CD changer -R41 page 79

3 - Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503-
Connectors page 155
Removing and installing page 152

4 - Front left mid-range loud- speaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-
Installed in the front left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106

Protected by copyright. Copyi

5 - Satellite tuner aerial -R172 Optional On roof rear side Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 Aerial systems (Variant) page 179

6 - Aerial -R11- / radio aerial 2

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

21. 151

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

-R93- / navigation system aerial -R50 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 Aerial systems (Variant) page 179

7 - Satellite radio -R146-

Optional

Under the rear shelf in luggage compartment

Satellite radio -R146- page 117

8 9

--RReeaaILnrrosllueetadffttlsletbprdaeesbainslkeetlohlrouesudyrdsessptapeeremalaekskfeterar-npR-Rda1g1r5ei4g--h1/ /st0rserd6aeuaotahroorrrriisrgteigrdhihmbtytbsVtaorelskbsswlelaoglueodnusAdpGse.pVaeokalkeksrwe-arRg-e1Rn71A-6G-does not

guarantee or ac

Installed in the rear left and right door trims

Loudspeaker systems page 106

10 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23 Installed in the front left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106

11 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22 Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors Loudspeaker systems page 106

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Protected by copyright. Copyi

21.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
Note
The part number for the radio/navigation system is printed on a sticker on the radio/navigation system housing.
If the radio navigation system is replaced, the electronic antitheft system must be deactivated, page 158 . Please inform the customer of the new radio code.
If the radio code is not known, it can be requested via the es- tablished systems. In order to request the code, you need the identification number of the radio-navigation system. It is lo- cated on a sticker on the side of the radio-navigation system. In addition, the identification number is also stamped into the material of the side wall of the radio navigation system.
If a radio navigation unit from one vehicle is fitted into another vehicle, it is essential that the part number of the replacement unit is the same as that of the unit previously installed. Other- wise faults will occur with the navigation because the turn angle sensor setting in the radio navigation system will not be compatible with the vehicle.
Special tools and workshop equipment required

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

152 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011

Removal wedge -3409-

Communication - Edition 04.2010
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

Removing Take CD/DVD out of the unit Operating manual . Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con- sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Gr. 68 . Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

21. 153

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503- . Pull control unit with display unit for radio navigation -J503- out of installation aperture sufficiently to gain access to the con- nectors on the rear.
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of -arrows-.

Then swing locking nect connector.

bar

direction

-arrow-ssaaunthdordiseisdcbyoVno-lkswagen AG.

Volkswagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis- connect connectors.
Installing Fit connectors on control unit with display for radio and navi-
gation -J503- . Push control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
straight into dash panel. Note
When inserting control unit with display for radio and navigation J503- never press against the display or operating buttons, as otherwise the control unit with display for radio and navigation J503- could become damaged.
154 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Fit the control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).
Install centre console cover. Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 158 . Check coding of control unit with display for radio and naviga-
tion -J503- and recode it page 159 .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Protected by copyright. Copyi

21.4 Connectors
1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 18pin, for video and LF input
Pin assignment page 156
2 - Connection navigation sys- tem aerial -R50-
Colour of connector; blue
GPS Aerial system, saloon
page 171 . Aerial system, Variant
page 179 . 3lo-uMdsupslPtesia-iaunpptkhianoaergisrsceesoodiu1ngbyt5nnpV6emuocltektssonwrta3g,en8A-pGi.nV,olkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac 4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 8-pin, voltage supply, CAN bus
Pin assignment page 157
5 - Multi-pin connector 5, 12pin, telephone, amplifier
Pin assignment page 157
6 - Multi-pin connector 6, 12pin, CD changer -R41- / satel- lite radio -R146-
Pin assignment page 157
7 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white FM2 Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 .
8 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white AM/FM Aerial system, saloon page 171 .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

21. 155

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Aerial system, Variant page 179 .

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

21.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 18-pin, for video and LF input

This connector is only assigned if the respective TV tuner -R78is part of the equipment.

1 - Not assigned

2 - Video input LF earth

3 - Video input LF earth

4 - Video input LF earth

5 - Video input earth

6 - Video switch signal

7 8 9 -

Video Video Video

input input input

earth sees aaaurrthtthhorised

Volkswagen

AG. Volkswagen

AG does not

guarantee or ac

10 - Not assigned

11 - Video input LF left

12 - Video input LF right

13 - Screening, earth

14 - Video input sync

15 - 50 Hertz/60 Hertz

16 - Video input blue

17 - Video input green

18 - Video input red

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Protected by copyright. Copyi

21.4.2 Multi-pin connector 3, 8-pin, loudspeak- er outputs
1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+) 2 - Front right loudspeaker (+) 3 - Front left loudspeaker (+) 4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+) 5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-) 6 - Front right loudspeaker (-) 7 - Front left loudspeaker (-) 8 - Rear left loudspeaker (-)

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

156 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

21.4.3

sMs auutholtriis-epd biynVoclkoswGnaognelfenVAcaGtr.oiVaronlk4ts2w, 0a80ge-7npAinG ,d, oGCesoAnlfoNtVgauabrriaaunnteste

2010 , Jetta 2005 Communication
or ac

, Jetta - Edition

2011 04.2010

9 - CAN bus (high)

10 - CAN bus (low)

11 - Telephone mute

12 - Terminal 31

13 - Radio -R- on

14 - Not assigned

15 - Terminal 30

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

21.4.4 Multi-pin connector 5, 12-pin, tele- phone, amplifier
1 - Not assigned 2 - Not assigned 3 - Line out, left 4 - Not assigned 5 - Navigation language (+) 6 - Telephone LF input signal (-) 7 - Not assigned 8 - Line out earth 9 - Line out´right 10 - Not assigned 11 - Navigation language (-) 12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

21.4.5 Multi-pin connector 6, 12-pin, CD changer -R41- / satellite radio -R146-
This connection is for the satellite radio -R146- and is only as- signed if a satellite radio -R146- is installed. The CD changer R41- is fitted as standard. 1 - Audio left from satellite radio -R1462 - Audio earth from CD changer -R413 - Audio earth from satellite radio -R1464 - Terminal 30 to CD changer -R415 - Terminal 30 to satellite radio -R1466 - CD data out to CD changer -R417 - Audio right from satellite radio -R1468 - Audio left from CD changer -R419 - Audio right from CD changer -R4110 - Control signal to CD changer -R4111 - CD data in from CD changer -R4112 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

21. 157

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
21.5 Electronic anti-theft coding
The radio navigation system is equipped with an electronic antitheft system which works in combination with the dash panel insert. After disconnection of the radio-navigation system's voltage sup- ply, the system becomes operational again when the supply voltage is reconnected without the need to enter the radio code again. The prerequisite is that initial activation of the anti-theft coding has been performed and the radio navigation system is reconnected in the same vehicle.
21.5.1 Functional notes
After the initial activation of the electronic anti-theft system, an internal radio code is stored in the radio-navigation system and in the dash panel insert. If the voltage supply for the radio-navigation system is cut off due to installation work, an exchange of data between the radio-navigation system and the dash panel insert takes place when the supply voltage is reconnected. When this is done, the internal radio code of the radio-navigation system is compared to the code in the dash panel insert. If the code numbers are identical, the dash panel insert accepts that the connected radio navigation system belongs to the vehicle. The radio-navigation system is then immediately operational with- out the need to enter the radio code again. If the radio navigation system is replaced, the new radio code must be entered. Deactivating anti-theft coding page 158 Then after switching on the "S contact" via the ignition lock the code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert and the radio navigation system. Comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. It must be ensured that a diagnostic unit has not been connected or is not connected during this period of time. EtwThhvieteehrnoaeudaletifoctteht-rnreoadnnviisecigceaoadnntiottnio-nsetshecasutenytihoftsotenrtsireseaymtdhsnbetdoyeVfrmraotehldkciissisowonsvacwngeoeehintdciccAethilGoeea.ndVwgooaoillkfilnnsntw.haoaenwgdvebonbeAlltoaGocgpdkeoesersatunhtoipeot pgnrulaaya-r,lantee or ac dio navigation system when: The radio navigation system is installed in another vehicle or The dash panel insert is changed. A radio navigation system which has been locked by the elec- tronic anti-theft system is shown when "SAFE" and "1000" ap- pears in the display when switching the system on. Deactivate the anti-theft coding to release the unit lock page 158 .
21.5.2 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
A locked radio-navigation system will only work again if the correct radio code for the electronic anti-theft coding system is entered.
158 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Note

Entering the 1st number overwrites the row of figures "0000".

COtshsoneaunct"hfeOoirrymiKsoe"dtuhbfuyehVnarocavlktedisowioenangcbetoeundrtAteeoGdbn. VytohoplnekrsetcwhsoaesrgriendengicsAtptGhrlaadeodyre.iisognhcottogrdoueatra,arncyteoepnourfaisrcmhbiut twtoitnh.

The unit will be released and is ready for use.

Note
If you have entered the wrong radio code, it can be immediately corrected in two further attempts. If the incorrect radio code is entered twice, the radio-navigation system is blocked for one hour. In this case, leave the radio navigation system switched on, and the ignition key inserted into the ignition lock. The process of deactivating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio-navigation system will be blocked for one hour.
21.6 Adapting components "RNS MFD 2 DVD"
Special tools and workshop equipment required

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

21. 159

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011

V50e5h1icBlCe-odmiamgnuonsictaict,iotens-tsisEnagduthitaoironisnded0ibny4fV.o2orl0mks1wa0atigoenn

AG. Volkswagen AG
system -VAS

does

not

guarantee

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Procedure In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select "Guided fault finding". Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio/navigation system Radio/navigation system functions

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

160 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio navigation system "RNS 510"

Radio navigation system RNS 510

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to

understand the functions and the operation of the communi-

cTItneahsttesithsoineaanugntehsotaviyr-iensstehndtdeetbimfonytVffscoorolerkmdspwiaanIaintggrisoewuntnrosAuserGckys.tsiVooatorenlkffmiasmxwueVaaldtgnAfeuciSnnoaAddl5Gi.en0dg5o1es.pnVaogtegehuiac1ral6en9tede.ioar agc nosis,

For perfect operation of the navigation system, the turn angle

sensor in the unit has to be adjusted according to the instal-

lation position of the unit in the vehicle. Therefore, always note

the part number when exchanging equipment. Incorrect in-

stallation could lead to a malfunction in the navigation system.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

22.1 General description
The "RNS 510" combines the functions of a navigation system with those of a high-quality RDS radio. It is a further development of "RNS 500". The following is installed in the double DIN housing of the "RNS 510": An RDS radio A 6.5-inch multicolour display with touch screen A navigation system with GPS satellite receiver Integrated DAB tuner for digital radio reception A DVD player for navigation, video and audio An SD memory card reader A hard disc integrated in the unit for saving data Corridor function MP3 and WMA playback formats The following loudspeakers are installed with the "RNS 510": A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble
loudspeaker in each of the front doors. A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the
rear doors. The "RNS 510" is available in a version with loudspeakers oper- ated via the 4 internal loudspeaker outputs or in a version with amplifier -R12- . In this case, the loudspeakers are connected

22. 161

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
directly to the amplifier -R12- and the loudspeaker outputs of the radio/navigation system are used for amplifier -R12- signal input. The "RNS 510" can be extended with the following components: CD changer Multifunction steering wheel TV tuner Sound amplifier Universal preparation for mobile telephone (UHV Premium
Light) Rear seat entertainment system The aerial used is the aerial system in the rear window for the radio -R- and the navigation system aerial -R50- (saloon). In the Variant, the GPS aerials -R50- are located in the roof aerial.
22.1.1 Fault finding
The radio navigation system is equipped with self-diagnosis. For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.
22.2 Overview of radio navigation system "RNS 510"

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

1 - Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503-

Connectors page 166

Removing and installing page 163

- CD changer Optional In centre

c-Ron4s1o- lsesauthorised

Volkswagen AG.

Volkswagen AG

does

not

guarantee or ac

CD changer -R41 page 79

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

3 - Multimedia system control unit -J650-
Optional In centre console Multimedia system con-
trol unit -J650 page 95

4 - Connection for external au- dio sources -R199-
In centre console Connection for external
audio sources -R199 page 91

Protected by copyright. Copyi

5 - Amplifier -R12 Optional Under left front seat Amplifier -R12 page 100 .

6 - Aerial -R11- / radio aerial 2 -R93- / navigation system aer-

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

162 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
ial -R50 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179
7 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16 Installed in the rear left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106
8 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17 Installed in the rear left and right door trims Loudspeaker systems page 106
9 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R2310- FrILIonnonssustttsaadlaeullslltfeehptoddermisaiieninkddeb-ttyrhhraVeesonylffgkrrsseoowtennalomttgeullseendffAsttGpaap.ennVaaddogklkrreesiiggwr1hha-0Rttg6edd1noo0Aoo3Grr-dtt/orriiefmmrsonssnottgruiagrhanttemeoirdac-range loudspeaker -R104-
Loudspeaker systems page 106 11 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors Loudspeaker systems page 106
22.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
Note
The part number for the radio/navigation system is printed on a sticker on the radio/navigation system housing.
If the radio navigation system is replaced, the electronic antitheft system must be deactivated, page 169 .
Special tools and workshop equipment required Removal wedge -3409-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

22. 163

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Gr. 68 . Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).
Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503- .
Pull control unit with display unit for radio navigation -J503- out of installation aperture sufficiently to gain access to the con- nectors on the rear.
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of -arrows-.
164 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon- nect connector.

Note

When inserting control unit with display for radio and navigation J503- never press against the display or operating buttons, as otherwise the control unit with display for radio and navigation J503- could become damaged.

Fit the with 4 Install

control unit with display bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). centre console cover.

for

rasdsaiouthaornisdednbyaVvoiglksawtiaognen-AJG50. V3o-lkswagen

does

not

guarantee

Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 169 .

Check coding of control unit with display for radio and naviga- tion -J503- and recode it page 170 .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

22. 165

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
22.4 "RNS 510" connectors

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

1 - Connection for navigation, Japan
Not assigned

2 - Aerial connection Colour of connector; black DAB Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 . Aerial systems in sa- loons from model year 2011 page 179

3 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment page 167

4 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus, telephone

Pin assignment page 167
5 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12pin, telephone
Pin assignment page 167

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

6 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment page 168

7 - Multi-pin connector 5, 26pin, for video and LF input
Pin assignment page 168

8 - Aerial connection navigation system aerial -R50 Colour of connector; blue GPS Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 . Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

Protected by copyright. Copyi

9 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white FM2 Aerial system, saloon page 171 . Aerial system, Variant page 179 . Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

10 - Aerial connection Connector colour, white AM/FM Aerial system, saloon page 171 .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

166 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Aerial system, Variant page 179 .

Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

22.4.1

Multi-pin connector er outputs

8ss-aputhionris,edlobyuVdolksswpaegeankA-G. Volkswagen AG does not

guarantee or ac

1 - Rear right loudspeaker (+)

2 - Front right loudspeaker (+)

3 - Front left loudspeaker (+)

4 - Rear left loudspeaker (+)

5 - Rear right loudspeaker (-)

6 - Front right loudspeaker (-)

7 - Front left loudspeaker (-)

8 - Rear left loudspeaker (-)

22.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus
9 - CAN bus (high) 10 - CAN bus (low) 11 - BOSE pin 12 - Terminal 31 13 - Not assigned 14 - Not assigned 15 - Terminal 30 16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

22.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, tele- phone, microphone
1 - Microphone input (-) 2 - Not assigned 3 - Not assigned 4 - Microphone output (-) 5 - Telephone LF input signal left (-) 6 - Telephone LF input signal right (-) 7 - Microphone input (+) 8 - Not assigned 9 - Microphone output (+) 10 - Telephone mute 11 - Telephone LF input signal left (+) 12 - Telephone LF input signal right (+)

22. 167

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

22.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD changer -R41-
1 - Audio input left (+) 2 - Audio input earth 3 - Audio earth from CD changer -R414 - Terminal 30 to CD changer -R415 - Not assigned 6 - CD data out to CD changer -R417 - Audio input right (+) 8 - Audio left from CD changer -R419 - Audio right from CD changer -R4110 - Control signal to CD changer -R4111 - CD data in from CD changer -R4112 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

22.4.5 Multi-pin connector 5, 26-pin, for video and LF input

1-3 - Not assigned

4 - Screening, earth

5 - Video output LF right

6 - Video output earth

7 - Video output sync 8 - Video output green 9 - Screening, earth 10 - Video input LF right 11 - Video input earth

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

12 - Video input sync

13 - Video input green

14-16 - Not assigned

17 - Video output LF earth

18 - Video output LF left

19 - Video output RGBS (-)

20 - Video output blue

21 - Video output red

22 - Video input LF (-)

23 - Video input LF left

24 - Video input RGBS (-)

25 - Video input blue

26 - Video input red

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

168 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
22.5 Electronic anti-theft coding
The radio navigation system is equipped with an electronic antitheft system which works in combination with the dash panel insert. After disconnection of the radio-navigation system's voltage sup- ply, the system becomes operational again when the supply voltage is reconnected without the need to enter the radio code again. The prerequisite is that initial activation of the anti-theft coding has been performed and the radio navigation system is reconnected in the same vehicle. The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card used in the past and the sticker on the radio-navigation system have been discontinued.
Note
In order to find out the radio code, the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connected "online" (network connection), and the user must possess valid rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.
2Ara2ldoi.co5kc.e1oddreadfoioDr-tnehaeavceiglteaivctitoarnotnisniycgsatenemtlie-wthcieltlrfotoncnloyidcwinoagrknssaytsiags-utatthehionmriesieffidstthbyeceVnocotloedksrriwreneadcgg.et n AG. Volkswagen AGdoesnot guaranteeorac
Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code: Select "guided fault finding" in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- . Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio/navigation system Radio/navigation system functions Radio code request Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the VIN and the unit number of the radio or radio-navigation system are then read out automatically.
Note
When new radio-navigation systems are being installed, it is pos- sible that the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system VAS 5051B- cannot read out the unit number of the radionavigation system. In this case, please enter the unit number manually. It can be read on a sticker on the radio-navigation sys- tem and is also embossed on the side of the unit.
The radio code determined is then shown on the display of the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio code must now be entered manually into the radio nav- igation system.
22. 169

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Deactivating anti-theft coding: Enter the radio code previously determined in the radio-navi-
gation system number block shown on the display and con- firm. The radio-navigation system is then released and is ready for use.

Note Irtfwetcihcteeed,intwhceiothrrraeadcfituorr-atnhdaeivorigacatottediomenpisst.yeIsfnttethemereiinsdc,boiltorcrceakcnetdbraefdoiirmoomcnoeeddheioaiustere.lynLsstceeaouarthrevo-edrised

Volkswagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

ignition and radio navigation unit switched on. The remaining time

is shown on the radio/navigation system display. The process of

deactivating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one

hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which

the radio-navigation system will be blocked for one hour.

22.6 Adapting radio components "RNS 510"
Special tools and workshop equipment required Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Procedure In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select "Guided fault finding". Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Corresponding radio/navigation system Radio/navigation system functions

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

170 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Aerial systems (saloon)

23.1 General notes
The aerial system consists of the following components: Aerial -R11- / radio aerial 2 -R93- in rear window Frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in negative wire -
R178- / frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in positive wire -R179- on C-pillars Right aerial module -R109- on rear window Optional satellite tuner aerial -R172- (roof aerial) Optional navigation system aerial -R50- on rear window Optional telephone aerial -R65- on rear window The diversity aerial system optimises and improves the quality of reception in the vehicle. It is not installed in connection with the radio -R- "Lowentry", "RCD 210" and "RNS 300".
Note
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the communi- cation systems Instruction manual .
Wci2ch7she,wecenkotcrvtk.h)eseihhniobcapalcetcmteeoarqrydnuau-ipAnam-cl eiaesnnwrdtei/t(cohroartndhthnieoee,cctleEodocle,wkcp,ntlcreeiocarn'assvlemesrynaesisenmsteanuuemcathmelo;r.ibRseeelederbpcyt.toVrGoolnrk.s-wagen AG. Volkswagen AGdoesnot guaranteeorac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

171 23. Aerial systems (saloon)

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
23.2 Overview of aerial system

1 - Satellite tuner aerial -R172 Optional On roof rear side Removing and installing page 176

2 - Satellite radio -R146 Up to MJ2009. Optional Satellite radio -R146 page 117
3 - Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503-
RNS MFD 2 DVD. RNS 510 "RNS MFD 2 DVD"
page 150 "RNS 510" page 161

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

4 - Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503-
RNS 300 RNS 310 "RNS 300" page 121 "RNS 310" page 130

5 - Radio -R Premium 7 Premium 8 "Premium 7" page 11 "Premium 8" page 69 .

Protected by copyright. Copyi

6 - Radio -R RCD 300 RCD 310 RCD 500 RCD 510 "RCD 300" page 40 "RCD 310" page 49 "RCD 500" page 59 "RCD 510" page 69

7 - Radio -R Lowentry RCD 210 "Lowentry" page 2 "RCD 210" page 31

8 - Connection heated rear window relay -J9-

9 - Frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in positive wire -R179 In wiring harness connected to heated rear window -Z1 Removing and installing page 177

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

172 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

10 - Right aerial module -R109- (AM/FM/FM2) Removing and installing page 173

11 - Rear window with aerial -R11- / radio aerial 2 -R93- / heated rear window -Z1-

12 - Frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in negative wire -R178-

In wiring harness connected to heated rear window -Z1-

Removing and installing page 178
13 - Telephone aerial -R65 Optional Removing and installing page 175
14 - GPS aerial -R50-

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

Optional

Removing and installing page 174

15 - Mobile phone Optional Telephone systems page 188

16 - Aerial line (SAT) From satellite tuner aerial -R172- to the Premium 8. As of MJ2010.

17 - Connection From satellite radio -R146- to the Premium 7. Up to MJ2009.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

23.3 Removing and installing aerial modules on rear window
Fitting locations of aerial modules: 1 - Removing and installing right aerial module -R109-
page 173 2 - Additional brake light 3 - Removing and installing navigation system aerial -R50-
page 174 4 - Removing and installing telephone aerial -R65-
page 175

23.3.1 Removing and installing right aerial module -R109-
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove strip roof leading edge General body repairs, in-
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .

173 23. Aerial systems (saloon)

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connectors -1-, -2- and -3- and disconnect them.

Release front retaining clips -arrowsmodule -R109- downwards.
Release rear retaining clips -arrowsaerial module -R109- -4- off.
Installing

and swing right aerial and carsesafuuthlolyristeadkbyeVroilgkshwtagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

Fit the right aerial module -R109- -4- into the rear retaining clips -arrows-.
Swing the right aerial module -R109- -4- upwards and lock it in the front retaining clips -arrows-.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Note The contacts on the right aerial module -R109- -arrows- are not allowed to be bent and the metal must be clean in order to avoid reception problems. Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov- al.
23.3.2 Removing and installing navigation sys- tem aerial -R50-
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
174 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Remove strip roof leading edge General body repairs, in- terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
Disconnect blue connector navigation system aerial -R50-arrow-.
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Release front retaining clips first -arrows 1-. Swing the navigation system aerial -R50- downwards and take
it off the lower retaining clips -arrow 2-. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
23.3.3 Removing and installing telephone aer- ial -R65-
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove strip roof leading edge General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 . Disconnect connector -A- from telephone aerial -R65- .
175 23. Aerial systems (saloon)

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Release holding clips -arrows-. Swing telephone aerial -R65- backwards and remove careful- ly. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
23.4 Removing and installing satellite tuner aerial -R172-
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove strip roof leading edge and both trims on the C-pillar
General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 . Lower rear section of moulded headliner General body re-
pairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 . Depending on the equipment the satellite tuner aerial -R172- has 2 or 4 aerial wires. These are fixed on the roof cross member. Remove foamed pad -5-. Remove connectors -1- to -4- and lie aerial wiring up to the
satellite tuner aerial -R172- -6- to side.
Remove nut -2- (7 Nm) and take the satellite tuner aerial R172- out upwards.
Installing Installation is carried out in the reverse order. When installing ob- serve the following:
176 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
When positioning the roof aerial for installation, ensure that the seal is seated correctly. The two guide lugs of the seal must be located in the relevant holes -arrows- of the aerial base.
After installing the roof aerial, ensure that the aerial cables are routed correctly -1- through the hole in the securing nut -2-.
23.5 Removing and installing frequency mod- ulation (FM) frequency filter
FC2r-3eps.qis5laluau.etrh1.norcisyedfbilyFteVorrsleksaqwrauegeecnlniApcGpy.eVdomloksnowtdahgueenlraiAgtGhiodtoanensdn(oFltegMfutau)rapnftpreeeeorrqapcuaertnocf tyhe filter in positive wire -R179-
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove the left C-pillar trim General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 . Release connector -2- and unscrew earth wiring -3- (2 Nm). Unclip the frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in pos-
itive wire -R179- -4- on the C-pillar. The positive wire runs in the wiring harness to the onboard supply control unit -J519- Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations. Disconnect the positive wire at a suitable point.
177 23. Aerial systems (saloon)

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

The wire of the connector -2- to the rear window is soldered to the rear window -1-.

Installing

Cmtsheooetnd-wnuVeilrAaicntSstisgoat1hunht9heao(7Frrpis8nMeo/ed-s)bsi.ytisniVv.oepTlkooswwsidiartegoiveeonthfAwiGtshi,.reVeuosf-lrkRees1qwth7uaeg9ee-nwnctAioryGintfhdigloeteehspranofroonst rgietufisvaresreaqnrwteueeiperoeanraiccriny

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Note The positive wire of the new frequency filter for frequency modu- lation (FM) in positive wire -R179- may be cut at an appropriate point.

Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

23.5.2 Frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in negative wire -R178-
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove the right C-pillar trim General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 . Disconnect connector -2-. Unclip the frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in neg-
ative wire -R178- -1- on the C-pillar. The negative wire (earth) runs in the wiring harness to the earth point "61" Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations. Disconnect the earth wire at a suitable point.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

The wire of the connector -2- to the rear window is soldered to the rear window -3-. Installing Connect the negative wire of the frequency filter for frequency
modulation (FM) in negative wire -R178- to the negative wire in the wiring harness. To do this use wiring harness repair set -VAS 1978- .
Note The negative wire of the new frequency filter for frequency mod- ulation (FM) in negative wire -R178- may be cut at an appropriate point. Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
23.6 Renewing aerial wires
Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Wiring; Renewal of aerial wir- ing .
178 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Aerial systems (Variant)

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

24.1 General notes
In the Variant, the aerials are integrated into the rear side windows aTnhdeAAtaeeherreiiraairallol-aoRsmfy1aps1eslt-isefrai(mieuaAthrloM.c2rios/eF-ndRMsb1iys)1Vtios1nlk-ost(hwfAeathMgreeo/nFofAoMfGlla).oVeowornliikanstlgwh(eaucgopreemntaoAprGoMrdnigYoeeh2nst0ntsso0:ti9dg)euarwanitnee-or ac
dow (as of MY2010) Aerial amplifier -R24- (FM2) on the rear right side window (up
to MY2009) Aerial amplifier -R24- (FM2) on the left right side window (as
of MY2010) Optional satellite tuner aerial -R172- (rSAT) in the roof aerial Optional navigation system aerial -R50- (GPS) in the roof aer-
ial Optional telephone aerial -R65- (GSM) in the roof aerial The diversity aerial system optimises and improves the quality of reception in the vehicle. It is not installed in connection with the radio -R- "Lowentry", "RCD 210" and "RNS 300".
Note
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the radio/RNS Instruction manual .
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron- ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

179 24. Aerial systems (Variant)

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
24.2 Overview of aerial system up to MY2009

1 - Roof aerial AM/FM/GSM/GPS/SAT Removing and installing page 182

2 - Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503-
RNS MFD 2 DVD. RNS 510 "RNS MFD 2 DVD"
page 150 "RNS 510" page 161

3 - Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503-
RNS 300 RNS 310 "RNS 300" page 121 "RNS 310" page 130

4 - Radio -R Premium 7 "Premium 7" page 11

5 - Radio -R RCD 300 RCD 310 RCD 500 RCD 510 "RCD 300" page 40 "RCD 310" page 49 "RCD 500" page 59 "RCD 510" page 69

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

6 - Radio -R Lowentry RCD 210 "Lowentry" page 2 "RCD 210" page 31

7 - Side window with radio aerial 2 -R93-

8 - Aerial amplifier -R24 FM2 Removing and installing page 181

9 - Satellite radio -R146 Optional Satellite radio -R146- page 117 .

10 - Mobile phone Optional Telephone systems page 188

11 - Connection for remote control receiver for auxiliary heater -R64-

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

180 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

24.3

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Overview of aerial system as of MY2010

1 - Roof aerial. GSM/GPS/SAT. Removing and installing page 182 .
2 - Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503-
RNS 510. "RNS 510" page 161 .
3 - Control unit with display unit for radio and navigation -J503-
RNS 310. "RNS 310" page 130 .
4 - Radio -R Premium 8. RCD 510. "Premium 8" page 69 . "RCD 510" page 69
5 - Radio -R RCD 310. RCD 210. "RCD 210" page 31 "RCD 310" page 49
6 - Aerial amplifier 2 -R111 AM/FM Removing and installing page 181 .
7 - Aerial amplifier -R24 FM2 Removing and installing page 181 .
8 - Right side window with aerial -R11-
9 - Left side window with radio aerial 2 -R93-
10 - Mobile phone Optional Telephone systems page 188

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

24.4 Removing and installing aerial amplifier
The aerial amplifier -R24- / aerial amplifier 2 -R111- are located on left and right C-pillars. Removal and installation are identical. Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove the C-pillar trim General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

181 24. Aerial systems (Variant)

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Release connectors -1- and -2- and disconnect them. Unscrew bolt -4- (2 Nm) and remove aerial amplifier -3- from C-pillar. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
24.5 Removing and installing roof aerial
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove strip roof leading edge and both trims on the C-pillars
General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 . Lower rear section of moulded headliner General body re-
pairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 . Dw eirepRaseee.nrliTedaahilnse-g1es-eocstnsooaanurtshetnhieodefriiescxee.teqdodburysiopV-onmalkrteshrwnoeatw,gre-tohnaoeAnfGrdc.orVlooioesflksaasewemrariiegaaemllnhwbAaeGirsred1os-aeutsrornpoo5twtoga-u.taehrraeinaterleooorafc
Unscrew bolts -2- (7 Nm) and remove roof aerial upwards. Installing Installation is carried out in the reverse order. When installing ob- serve the following:
182 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

25 25.1

Aerial systems 2011 .
General notes

s(s asutaholriosedobny V)olkmswoagdeneAlG.yVeolkaswr agen

does

not

guarantee

In the Jetta 2011, the aerials are integrated in the rear window and the roof aerial.

The aerial system consists of the following components:

Aerial amplifier 2 -R111- (AM/FM) on rear window on right (Cpillar)

Aerial amplifier -R24- (FM2) on rear window on left (C-pillar)

Optional satellite tuner aerial -R172- (SAT) in the roof aerial

Optional navigation system aerial -R50- (GPS) in the roof aer- ial

Optional telephone aerial -R65- (GSM) in the roof aerial

The diversity aerial system optimises and improves the quality of reception in the vehicle. It is not installed in connection with the radio -R- "Lowentry", "RCD 210" and "RNS 300".

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Note
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the radio/RNS Instruction manual .
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron- ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

184 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

25.2

AssemblsysauotGhvoroieslefrdVvbyaieVroiwalknswt a2g0e0n7AG. V,olGksowlafgVenaAriGandote2s0no1t0gCuaoramn,tmeJeeourtnatacic2a0ti0o5n

, Jetta - Edition

2011 04.2010

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

1 - Aerial amplifier -R24 FM2 Removing and installing page 185
2 - Bolt 2 Nm
3 - Roof aerial GSM/GPS/SAT. Removing and installing page 186
4 - Nut 7 Nm
5 - Bolt 2 Nm
6 - Aerial amplifier 2 -R111 AM/FM Removing and installing page 185

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

25.3 Removing and installing aerial amplifier
Aerial amplifier -R24- / aerial amplifier 2 -R111- are located on left and right C-pillars. Removal and installation are identical. Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove the C-pillar trim General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .
185 25. Aerial systems (saloon) model year 2011 .

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connectors -3- and -4- and disconnect them.

Unscrew bolt -1- and remove aerial amplifier -2- from C-pillar.

Installing Installation is carried serve the following: Tighten threaded
page 185 .

coount ninetchteiornesvssteoarustsheopriesoecrddibfeiyerVd.oWlktoshwrqeaguneeninAsGta. Vlloinlkgswoabg-en

does

not

guarantee

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

25.4 Removing and installing roof aerial
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove strip roof leading edge General body repairs, in-
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 . Lower rear section of moulded headliner General body re-
pairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 . Depending on the equipment, the roof aerial has 1 to 3 aerial wires. These are fixed on the roof cross member -1- to -4-. Release connectors -2 to 4- and expose aerial wires up to the
roof aerial -5-. Unscrew bolts -1- and remove roof aerial -5- upwards. Installing Installation is carried out in the reverse order. When installing ob- serve the following:
When positioning the roof aerial for installation, ensure that the seal is seated correctly. The two guide lugs of the seal must be located in the relevant holes -arrows- of the aerial base.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

186 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

After installing the roof aerial, ensure that the aerial cables are

Troiguphtaetgedenc1toh8rrr5eeac. tdlyed-1c-otnhnroeucsgstiahoutnhtohsreisteohdbosypleVeoiclnkisfwitehadegetsnoeArcqGuu. Vreionlkgswnaugte-n2A-G. does not guaranteeorac

25.5 Renewal of aerial wiring
Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Wiring; Renewal of aerial wir- ing .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

187 25. Aerial systems (saloon) model year 2011 .

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Telephone systems

26.1 General notes
Two versions of the telephone system are possible. Either as a complete telephone system or a preparation for mobile telephone. The telephone system or the system as preparation for a mobile phone is available only in conjunction with a radio/RNS. It is possible to retrofit a mobile telephone if the vehicle is pre- pared for installation of a telephone. The mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412- is factory-fitted in vehicles with preparation for mobile telephone. The only item that is required is an adapter for the telephone bracket -R126- . Which adapter is used depends on the mobile telephone (accessories). In vehicles with telephone system, the whole system is installed including the mobile telephone. From model year 2009, the "UHV Low" and "UHV Premium Light" preparations for mobile telephone will be used. The "UHV Low" preparation for mobile telephone comes in the version "universal preparation for mobile telephone" with a tele- phone bracket in the centre console. TCpTahvhhoaoeenintlBpareorbluelaleepteataraokiraseoalsttahi-oRp"nfulu6anfn5coic-versteisismvoaruisnacothaoobotlrnhiifpslneeetrdheetbbecepyrtlaVaeemorcdpalokkhtstbeiwoooitlannetfgeeoeftlornee"rUAtlphemGHhep.ooVhVtnbeooPelilnkleesrebpewtrhmiaeasgolcieenunknpomeeAht.tGo.sLTnduihgoepehpsPtton"eroreiltstemeg-udai-.rantee or ac um " with Bluetooth technology and optional telephone bracket in the centre console. The telephone aerial -R65- is connected to the preparation for mobile telephone. The "UHV Premium Light" is a fixed telephone with cordless ac- cess to stored telephone data of a mobile telephone registered with the vehicle system via Bluetooth. The "UHV Premium Light" absolutely requires that the mobile tel- ephone to connect has a Bluetooth function and supports "remote SIM access profile" (rSAP). rSAP enables e.g. access to the directory entries on the SIM card of the mobile telephone. For further information and notes on operation, refer to the operating manual .
26.1.1 Fault finding
The telephone systems are equipped with self-diagnosis. For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.
26.2 Overview of telephone system
The only significant difference between a vehicle fitted with com- plete telephone system and one with preparation for mobile tele- phone is the factory-fitted mobile telephone. Therefore, only the complete telephone system is shown in the following overview.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

188 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

1 - Telephone aerial -R65 On rear window upper left (saloon) Roof aerial (Variant) Roof aerial (saloon) from model year 2011 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 Aerial systems in sa- loons from model year 2011 page 179

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

2 - Telephone bracket -R126with mobile telephone
Right on dash panel Removing and installing
up to 06/2006 page 194 . Removing and installing as of 06/2006 page 194 .

Protected by copyright. Copyi

3 - Mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412-
Under right front seat Removing and installing
up to 06/2006 page 195 . Removing and installing as of 06/2006 page 196 .

4 - Telephone microphone R38-
In front interior light W1-
Removing and installing page 197

5 - Radio -R- / control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-

6 - Loudspeaker system

7 - Steering column electronics control unit -J527-

8 - Multifunction steering wheel Optional Multifunction steering wheel page 199

9 - CAN bus

10 - Dash panel insert

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

189 26. Telephone systems

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
26.3 Overview of "UHV Low"/"UHV Premium Light" telephone system

1 - Dash panel insert

2 - Multifunction steering wheel Optional Multifunction steering wheel page 199

3 - Steering column electronics control unit -J527-

4 - Telephone aerial -R65 On rear window upper left (saloon) Roof aerial (Variant) Roof aerial (saloon) from model year 2011 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 Aerial systems in sa- loons from model year 2011 page 179
5 - Operating unit for prepara- tion for mobile telephone E508-
In front interior light W1-
Removing and installing page 197

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

6 - Telephone transmitter and receiver unit -R36-
Under right front seat Removing and installing
as of 06/2006 page 196 .

7 - Telephone bracket -R126 Right on dash panel Removing and installing as of 06/2006 page 194 .

8 - Mobile phone Optional

9 - Headset Not part of standard equipment Additional information instruction manual

Protected by copyright. Copyi

10 - Notebook Not part of standard equipment Additional information instruction manual

11 - Telephone microphone -R38 In front interior light -W1 Removing and installing page 197

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

190 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

authorised

Volkswagen AG.
Golf Variant

Volkswagen
2007 ,

AGGodlfoeVsanoritagnuatra2n0te1eo0rCacom, mJeutntaic2a0ti0o5n

, Jetta - Edition

2011 04.2010

12 - Radio -R- / control unit with display for radio and navigation -J50313 - Loudspeaker system 14 - Data bus diagnostic interface -J533-

26.4 Mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412- connectors
Connectors A - Mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412B - Multi-pin connector, 12-pin, red, to telephone bracket -R126C - Multi-pin connector, 18-pin, black

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Multi-pin connector, 18-pin 1 - Terminal 31 2-3 - Not assigned 4 - Telephone mute to radio -R5-6 - Not assigned 7 - LF (-) to radio -R8 - CAN bus (low) 9 - Telephone microphone -R38- (-) 10 - Terminal 15 11 - Terminal 30 12 - Terminal 58d 13-15 - Not assigned 16 - LF (+) to radio -R17 - CAN bus (high) 18 - Telephone microphone -R38- (+)
26.5 Telephone transmitter and receiver unit -R36- (UHV) connectors
Connectors A - Connection (GSM) telephone aerial -R65- only for "UHV Pre- mium Light" B - Multi-pin connector, 54-pin

191 26. Telephone systems

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 B - Multi-pin connector, 54-pin 1 - Terminal 30 2 - Terminal 31 3 - Not assigned 8 - LF (+) to radio -R9 - LF (-) to radio -R10 - Not assigned 11 - Telephone microphone -R38- (+) 12 - Telephone microphone -R38- (-) 13-16 - Not assigned 17 - CAN bus (high) 18 - CAN bus (low) 19-26 - Not assigned 27 - Operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E50828 - Operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E50829 - Not assigned 30 - Operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E50831 - Operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E50832-36 - Not assigned 37 - Telephone bracket -R12638 - Telephone bracket -R126344901---4TT3ee-lleeNppohhtooannseesssiabbgurrnthaaoeccrdiskkeeedttby--RRVo11lk22sw66a--gen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac 44 - Telephone bracket -R12645-46 - Not assigned 47 - Telephone bracket -R12648 - Telephone bracket -R12649-54 - Not assigned
192 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

26.6

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Telephone fitting locations

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

1 - Telephone bracket -R126 Right on dash panel Removing and installing up to 06/2006 page 194 . Removing and installing as of 06/2006 page 194 .
2 - Mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412-
Under right front seat Connectors page 191 Removing and installing
up to 06/2006 page 195 . Removing and installing as of 06/2006 page 196 .
-ceTievleerpUCuhnnoopidnntaene-gRretercr3ait1g6on9h-rs1stmsfs(.raiUotuttnehHotrrViass)eendadbytrVeo-lkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guaranteeorac Removing and installing as of 06/2006 page 196 .
3 - Front interior light -W1 Telephone microphone -R38- i Operating unit for prep- aration for mobile tele- phone -E508 Removing and installing telephone microphone R38- page 197 Removing and installing operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E508- page 197 .
4 - Telephone aerial -R65 On rear window upper left (saloon) Roof aerial (Variant) Roof aerial (saloon) from model year 2011 Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179
5 - Loudspeaker system
6 - Radio -R- / control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

193 26. Telephone systems

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
26.7 Removing and installing telephone bracket -R126- up to 06/2006
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove the mobile telephone from the telephone bracket -
R126- . Unclip the cover -arrows- from the telephone bracket -R126- .

Lever contact plate -1- off msasainuthsoruispedpboyrVto-lk2s-wuagseinngAGa.nVoalkpspwraogperni-AG does not guaranteeorac

ate screwdriver -arrow-.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Remove bolts -1-, -3- and -5- (2 Nm) from the contact plate -2-.
Remove wiring harness -4-. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal. When installing the telephone bracket -R126- on the dash
panel observe that the counterhold in the dash panel does not fall out downwards.
26.8 Removing and installing telephone bracket -R126- as of 06/2006
Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Remove the mobile telephone from the telephone bracket -
R126- .
194 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Turn telephone bracket -R126- -1- clockwise -arrow- and re- move telephone bracket.

Remove the two bolts -arrow- (2 Nm). Pull out wiring harness. Disconnect connector. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal. Push connector together and guide wiring harness into dash
panel again.
Screw mounting for telephone bracket -R126- back on -arrows- (2 Nm).
Clip telephone bracket onto holder.

26.9

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
Removing and installing mobile tele- phone operating electronics control unit -J412- up to 06/2006

The mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412- is installed under the front left seat.

Removing

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove ignition key.

Remove front right seat General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 72 .

Raise slightly the carpet in the area of the coupling station and you will see the mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412- .

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

195 26. Telephone systems

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Unclip both latches -arrows- and swing the flap downwards. Remove mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -
J412- -2- along with connected wiring. Release connectors -1- and -3- and disconnect them. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

26.10

Removing and installing mobile tele- phone operating electronics control unit -J412- as of 06/2006

The mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412- is installed under the front left seat.

Removing

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove ignition key.

Push front right seat back fully. Push foam insert forwards in direction of -arrow-. Turn foam insert around.

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

Remove mobile telephone operating electronics control unit J412- -1- from foam insert -2-.
Remove connector -3- on mobile telephone operating elec- tronics control unit -J412- -1-.
Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

196 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

26.ss1au1thorised

byRcVroeolkmpswhaogovenninAeGg.-VaRGonlok3sdl8fwVa-ignaersniaAtanGtldl2oine0s0gn7ottgeulae,raGpnteoheloofraVnc aeriamnti-2010Com, mJeutntaic2a0ti0o5n

, Jetta - Edition

2011 04.2010

The telephone microphone -R38- is installed in the front interior light -W1- -arrow-.

Removing

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove ignition key.

Remove front interior light -W1- Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 96 .

Unclip connector -3- and disconnect it. The telephone microphone -R38- is locked with the three locking lugs in the front interior light -W1- -1-.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Operate the three locking lugs -arrows- and take the telephone microphone -R38- out.
Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

26.12

Removing and installing operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone E508-

Operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E508- fitting location -arrow-

Removing

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove ignition key.

Remove front interior light -W1- Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 96 .

197 26. Telephone systems

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Press the three locking lugs -arrows- and take the operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E508- out.
Disconnect connector to operating unit for preparation for mo- bile phone -E508- .
Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

26.13 Adapting telephone transmitter and re- ceiver unit -R36- components

Special tools and workshop equipment required

Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS

5051B-

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

198 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Multifunction steering wheel

27.1 General notes
The multifunction steering wheel allows some functions of the communication system and the cruise control system to be se- lected from the steering wheel.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

27.1.1 Fault finding

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

The multifunction steering wheel control unit -J453- only commu- nicates with the steering column electronics control unit -J527- . There the digital commands are prepared for further communi- cation.

The multifunction steering wheel is equipped with self-diagnosis.

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa- tion system -VAS 5051B- in "Guided fault finding" mode.

The multifunction steering wheel comprises the following compo- nents:

Operating unit in steering wheel with two sets of buttons on left and right with integrated electronics.

Multifunction steering wheel control unit -J453-

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Note
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to understand the functions and the operation of the multifunction steering wheel Operating manual .
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron- ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .

27.2 Removing and installing steering wheel operating unit up to model year 2009
Removal and installation are performed in the same manner for the right and left set of buttons. Removing Remove driver airbag unit General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 69 .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

199 27. Multifunction steering wheel

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Pull off connector -1-.

Remove bolt -arrow- (2 Nm). Remove button set. Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal. Coding steering column electronics control unit page 202 .

27.3 Removing and installing steering wheel operating unit up to model year 2010

Removal and installation are performed in the same manner for the right and left set of buttons.

Removing

Remove driver airbag unit General body repairs, interior;

Rep. Gr. 69 . Unscrew bolt -arrow-. Remove button set.

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

200 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

Disconnect Installing

connector

-aGrroolwf -Voanriabnuttts2os0anu0ths7oeriste.d,byGVoollkfsVwaagreiannAGt 2. V0o1lk0sCwoagm,emnJAeuGtntadico2eas0tin0oo5nt g-uaEra,dnJtieteeioottrnaac0240.121010

Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Note Ensure that lines between both button sets of steering wheel
are routed as shown in illustration -arrows-. Ensure that black connector on left button set -arrow- is inser-
ted. Coding steering column electronics control unit page 202 .
27.4 Removing and installing multifunction steering wheel control unit -J453- up to MY2009
Removing Remove driver airbag unit General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 69 . Pull both connectors on multifunction steering wheel control
unit -J453- off.
201 27. Multifunction steering wheel

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Carefully lever multifunction steering wheel control unit -J453-

out using a suitable screwdriver -arrow-.

Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order Code the multifunction steering wheel
page 202 .

ocof nretrmolouvsnasialt.ut-hJor4is5ed3b-y

Volkswagen

AG.

Volkswagen

does

not

guarantee

27.5 Adapting multifunction steering wheel components
Special tools and workshop equipment required
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Procedure In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select "Guided fault finding". Using GoTo button, select "Functions/component" and the fol-
lowing menu options in succession: Body Electrical system 01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems Steering wheel electronics Steering wheel electronics functions

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

202 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Compass system

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

WktenmhoNewnotthdeOeepafuelinnragcttiwinoginthsmcoaofnmaunpadlla.tihnetsoitpiesraatbiosnoslsusotaeuftlhtyhoreniseecdcobeymsVspolaaksrswysatgsoeynsA-G. Volkswagen AG doesnot guaranteeorac In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system VAS 5051 use "Guided fault finding" mode. When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron- ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual . The use of magnetic-base aerials may lead to permanent magnetisation of the vehicle roof, resulting in a malfunction in the compass module. If confronted with complaints about in- accurate or incorrect directional indication of the compass module, ask the customer if a magnetic-base aerial has been used before carrying out any repair work.
28.1 General description
The compass equipment includes the dash panel insert display unit -arrow-, as well as the magnetic field sender (compass) G197- under the rear shelf. The compass display indicates with up to 2 letters the direction in which the vehicle is pointing (N = north, NW = northwest). 8 di- rections can be displayed.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

28.2 Removing and installing magnetic field sender for compass -G197- (saloon)
The magnetic field sender for compass -G197- is fitted on the rear shelf plate. It is accessible from the luggage compartment. Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Unclip the magnetic field sender for compass -G197-
-arrows-.

203 28. Compass system

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
Disconnect connector -A- and take magnetic field sender for compass -G197- off.
Installing Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal. Recalibrate compass system.

28.3

Removing and installing magnetssicauthfoireiselddbyVolkswagen AG. Volkswagen AGdoesnot guaranteeorac sender for compass -G197- (Variant)

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

The magnetic field sender for compass -G197- is secured on the rear of the roof near the roof end strip.

Removing

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove ignition key.

Lower rear section of headliner General body repairs, inte- rior; Rep. Gr. 70 .

Remove magnetic field sender for compass -G197- -1- from roof using a small screwdriver.

Disconnect connector -2- and remove magnetic field sender for compass -G197- -1-.

Installing

The magnetic field sender for compass -G197- is delivered with adhesive film.

Clean adhesive film on roof.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Connect connector -2- to magnetic field sender for compass G197- -1-.
Remove adhesive film on magnetic field sender for compass -G197- .

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

204 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
MedaggtPeonreeoastfdiscsrhsoemafouisetafhilovgdereisnnseedfdeitlbnmisycdtVr.feoiipelrkls-dfwo4asr-gecaenonndmAdeGpmr.aVfaosorrslkkcsi-nwoGgam1g-pe93na7-A.s-Gsmd-uoGess1tn9bo7te-gua-a1lria-gnfntiereemodrlaywc oithn- Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov- al. Recalibrate compass system.
28.4 Removing and installing magnetic field sender for compass -G197- (Jetta 2011)
The magnetic field sender for compass -G197- is secured on the rear of the roof near the roof end strip/roof aerial. Removing Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key. Lower rear section of headliner General body repairs, inte-
rior; Rep. Gr. 70 . Remove magnetic field sender for compass -G197- -1- from
roof using a small screwdriver. Disconnect connector -2- and remove magnetic field sender
for compass -G197- -1-. Installing The magnetic field sender for compass -G197- is delivered with adhesive film. Clean adhesive film on roof.
Connect connector -2- to magnetic field sender for compass G197- -1-.
Remove adhesive film on magnetic field sender for compass -G197- .
205 28. Compass system

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010 Magnetic field sender for compass -G197- must be aligned with edge of roof end strip -4- and marking -3-. Press magnetic field sender for compass -G197- -1- firmly on- to adhesive film. Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov- al. Recalibrate compass system.
ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac
206 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Suppression measures

29.1 Implementation of suppression meas- ures
All electrical consumers in the vehicle are individually suppressed at factory. This includes all sensors, actuators and all electrical motors in the vehicles as well as the controllers in the control units which might create high-frequency interference. To suppress interference, electrical components such as capac- itors, coils and diodes are directly installed in the electrical com- ponents. Interference-suppressing components are also installed in the connector housings of electrical consumers. The earth cables formerly employed for noise suppression are no longer used because noise suppression measures now need to be applied as close as possible to the sources of interference.

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

207 29. Suppression measures

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010

Notes on operating mobile tele-

phones and two-way radios

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

30.1 General notes

Mobile telephones or mobile two-way radios may not be used in the vehicle without a separate external aerial

Remote controls (e.g. for garage door opener) and wireless units (keyboard or PC mouse) may be used in the vehicle only if the maximum transmitting power does not exceed 100 mW.

An "e identification" is required for mobile two-way radios (ap- plies for Europe only).

Mobile telephones or other transmitting equipment (business equipment) which are not original vehicle equipment parts must have "CE identification" (applies to Europe only).

IewTtterhairasenytiaanorlabgpadstaeioimonrluisduastsmlaei.anunlysthudtonanraiselilteeacdrrteabiiaoysnVlnsgsoa.ielnkrsyscwtataroungecobntbieAosGnae.strVtvfaooeliknrstemhwdeaogobmeninlaelAynGteubdlfyeoaepcushtsnuoionrtneggeru'aassr,naotnwtepeex-oo--r ac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

When telephone and two-way radio systems are properly in- stalled, there is no danger to safety systems such as ABS or airbags. However, it is a prerequisite that there has been no modification of their installation. Routing wiring parallel to such systems must be avoided.

When mobile telephones or two-way radios are used, exces- sive electromagnetic fields may occur in the vehicle interior whether or not the external aerial has been properly installed. In this case, detrimental effects to health as well as malfunc- tions of vehicle electronics cannot be ruled out.

The installation and operation of two-way radios with a transmit- ting power above 10 W for the radio communication services listed in the table are permitted only under the following condi- tions:

· The transmitting power at the point of the aerial base (see unit manufacturer's specifications) must not exceed the relevant maximum values.

· No deviation from aerial locations listed in the table is permit- ted.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

Transmitting power and aerial fitting locations table page 210

30.2 Notes on performing repair work

The battery -A- must be disconnected before repair work is be- gun! Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27

Use valid current flow diagram Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations.

For removing and installing trim General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .

Observe manufacturer's operating and installation instructions for mobile telephones, two-way radios and aerials Operating in- structions .

Secure wiring harnesses with cable ties. Wrap connectors with foam tubes to avoid rattling noises.

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

208 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
30.2.1 Transmitting power and possible fitting locations
Volkswagen permits the installation and operation of radio trans- mitter units if the transmitted power at the point of the aerial base listed in the table is not exceeded. Prescribed aerial fitting loca- tions can also be found in the table. The limits according to VDE 0848 part 2 (maximum permitted ra- diation strength for human safety) must be adhered to by reducing the transmitting power.
30.2.2 Voltage supply
When a radio transmitter unit is retrofitted in the vehicle, the bat- tery -A- is used for connecting the positive and negative wires. In addition, the wiring harness must be manufactured: Positive voltage supply via a red wire with 2.5 mm2 cross sec-
tion. TcihneiNstyepecoogtfsaioittthniivve.eebvwaoitrltteeargmyeu-Assut- ph. paFlvoyervtaihasifssuaausptbheuorrrolisopwecodnasbyteweV,doiarlkeisnfwuwatshigteheenh2iAmo.G5lmd. Vemeordmlkmisa2wutceasgrtovebnis-esAG does not guaranteeorac secured next to the battery -A- . Both wires must be enclosed in an insulating tube. Appropriate connections must be attached to wires on the battery side. Proceed according to unit's Instruction manual on side of unit. The additional wiring must be routed separately from vehicle wir- ing, and a distance of at least 10 cm must be maintained. Some telephone systems and two-way radios require an addi- tional terminal 15. In this case, a black wire with 1.5 mm 2 crosssection must be laid from the transmitter/receiver unit to terminal 15a Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations. When laying the wiring, ensure that wiring is not routed parallel to factory wiring.
30.2.3 Aerial and aerial wiring
A shielded wire must be used between the radio transmitter unit and the aerial. The shield must contact both the unit and the aer- ial. At the same time, ensure a good and continuous earth connection between the aerial base point cable and the vehicle body. The transmitter must be used only when all components are prop- erly matched with each other to prevent interference in the aerial wiring. To be sure, perform an output test to check and to match the system.
30.2.4 Further additional installations
The installation of further electronic equipment like business equipment (TV, fax) or household equipment (electric cooler box) is permitted only if these appliances are marked with a "CE" or an "e" sign (applies only in Europe). Voltage supply is likewise to be provided via a separate wiring harness and equipped with a fuse.
209 30. Notes on operating mobile telephones and two-way radios

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

Protected by copyright. Copyi

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 Communication - Edition 04.2010
30.3 Overview of battery -A- /radio transmitter unit/fuse/wiring harness

1 - Positive connection Red wire with appropri- ate connection

2 - To terminal 15a Connection to terminal 15a Current flow dia- grams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting loca- tions Ensure that this wire is protected by a fuse. Fuse: max. 15A

ssauthorised by Volkswagen AG. Volkswagen AG does not guarantee orac

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

3 - Aerial earth Ensure good earth con- nection to body. Treat fitting location of aerial with appropriate corrosion protection.

4 - Transmitter and receiver aerial
Fitting locations page 210 .

5 - Shielded aerial wire Cable with coaxial con- nector

6 - Radio transmitter unit

Protected by copyright. Copyi

7 - Wiring harness Positive voltage supply via a red wire 2.5 mm2 cross section Negative voltage supply via a brown wire 2.5 mm2 cross section Black wire with 1.5 mm2 cross section to terminal 15a

8 - Fuse holder Install in immediate vicinity of battery -A-

9 - To starter -B-

10 - Battery -A Fitting location in engine compartment

11 - Negative wire

12 - Body earth

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

30.4 Transmitting power and aerial fitting locations

Designation Short wave< 54 MHZ
4 m frequency band

Pmax (watts) 100 (PEAK)1)
20 (effective)2)

Prescribed aerial fitting locations Front centre of roof Centre of roof Rear centre of roof Rear bumper
All locations on vehicle exterior

210 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation

ngfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not permittedunle

ssauthorised by VolkswagenGAoGl.fVVolaksriwaangten2A0G07does n,oGt goualfraVnteaeroiraanc t

2010 , Jetta 2005 Communication

, Jetta 2011 - Edition 04.2010

ceptany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this documen

Designation 2 m frequency band 2 m frequency band
70 cm
23 cm TETRA/TETRAPOL D network/GSM 900 E network/GSM 1800 GSM 1900/UMTS

Pmax (watts) 20 (effective) 50 (effective)
50 (effective)
20 (effective) 25 (effective)
20 (PEAK) 10 (PEAK)

Prescribed aerial fitting locations
Front wing Front centre of roof
Centre of roof Rear centre of roof
Rear wing Front centre of roof
Centre of roof Rear centre of roof All locations on vehicle exterior All locations on vehicle exterior All locations on vehicle exterior All locations on vehicle exterior

Protected by copyright. Copyi

1) PEAK = peak envelope power (max. carrier power) 2) effective = effective transmitting power
Deviations from these specifications (aerial fitting location, fre- quency, power) are permitted only in specially justified exceptions following a single-case test performed by the EMC Centre of the VW AG in Wolfsburg EMC = electromagnetic compatibility

t. Copyright by Volkswagen AG.

211 30. Notes on operating mobile telephones and two-way radios

Antenna House PDF Output Library 2.4.0 (Solaris); modified using iTextSharp 4.1.6 by 1T3XT